Attached files

file filename
EX-31.1 - CERTIFICATION - Axos Financial, Inc.d226842dex311.htm
EX-32.1 - CERTIFICATION - Axos Financial, Inc.d226842dex321.htm
EX-23.1 - CONSENT OF CROWE HORWATH LLP - Axos Financial, Inc.d226842dex231.htm
EX-31.2 - CERTIFICATION - Axos Financial, Inc.d226842dex312.htm
EX-32.2 - CERTIFICATION - Axos Financial, Inc.d226842dex322.htm
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 000-51201

 

 

BofI HOLDING, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   33-0867444

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorpation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

12777 High Bluff Drive, Suite 100, San Diego, CA   92130
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (858) 350-6200
Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 

Title of each class

 

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock, $.01 par value   NASDAQ National Global Market

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

None

 

 

Indicated by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨    No   x

Indicated by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site every Interactive Data file required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit an post such files).    Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filed, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated file  ¨   Accelerated filer  x   Non-accelerated filer  ¨   Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the closing sales price of the common stock on the NASDAQ National Global Market of $15.51 on December 31, 2010 was $134,534,000.

The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding as of August 26, 2011 was 10,475,351.

 

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the period ended June 30, 2011 are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC.

INDEX

 

 

PART I

     1   

Item 1. Business

     1   

Item 1A. Risk Factors

     23   

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

     23   

Item 2. Properties

     23   

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

     23   

Item 4. Reserved

     23   

PART II

     24   

Item  5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     24   

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

     27   

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     28   

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     55   

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     55   

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     56   

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

     56   

Item 9B. Other Information

     56   

PART III

     57   

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     57   

Item 11. Executive Compensation

     57   

Item  12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     57   

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     57   

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     57   

PART IV

     58   

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     58   

Signatures

     60   

 


Table of Contents

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain various forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include projections, statements of the plans and objectives of management for future operations, statements of future economic performance, assumptions underlying these statements, and other statements that are not statements of historical facts. Forward-looking statements are subject to significant business, economic and competitive risks, uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of BofI Holding, Inc. (BofI). Should one or more of these risks, uncertainties or contingencies materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated. Among the key risk factors that may have a direct bearing on BofI’s results of operations and financial condition are:

 

¡  

The prevailing recession currently impacting the United States and worldwide economies;

¡  

Competitive practices in the financial services industries;

 

¡  

Operational and systems risks;

 

¡  

General economic and capital market conditions, including fluctuations in interest rates;

 

¡  

Economic conditions in certain geographic areas; and

 

¡  

The impact of current and future laws, governmental regulations, accounting and other rulings and guidelines affecting the financial services industry in general and BofI operations particularly.

 

In addition, actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in any forward-looking statements for the reasons, among others, discussed herein in Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, under the heading “Factors that May Affect Our Performance.”

References in this report to the “Company,” “us,” “we,” “our,” “BofI Holding,” or “BofI” are all to BofI Holding, Inc. on a consolidated basis. References in this report to “Bank of Internet,” the “Bank,” or “our bank” are to Bank of Internet USA, our consolidated subsidiary.

 

 


Table of Contents

PART I

 

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

BofI Holding, Inc. is the holding company for Bank of Internet, a nationwide federally-chartered savings bank operating primarily through the Internet. We provide a variety of consumer and wholesale banking services, focusing on gathering retail deposits over the Internet and originating and purchasing multifamily, single family and home equity mortgage loans and purchasing mortgage-backed securities. We attract and service our customers primarily through the Internet, which affords us low operating expenses and allows us to pass these savings along to our customers in the form of attractive interest rates and low fees on our products.

We operate our Internet-based bank from a single location in San Diego, California, currently serving approximately 36,000 retail deposit and loan customers across all 50 states. At June 30, 2011, we had total assets of $1,940.1 million, loans of $1,345.1 million, mortgage-backed and other investment securities of $521.4 million, total deposits of $1,340.3 million and borrowings of $442.7 million. Our deposits consist primarily of interest-bearing checking and savings accounts and time deposits. Our loans are primarily first mortgages secured by multifamily (five or more units) and single family real property. Our mortgage-backed securities consist primarily of mortgage pass-through securities issued by government-sponsored entities and non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations and pass-through mortgage-backed securities issued by private sponsors.

Our online delivery channels and online advertising can be opened, closed or expanded rapidly allowing us to change product offerings faster and with less cost than many traditional banks. We believe our centralized low-cost operation adds flexibility to adjust our asset and deposit generation channels providing a competitive advantage.

Our business strategy is to lower the cost of delivering banking products and services by leveraging technology while continuing to grow our assets and deposits to achieve increased economies of scale. We have designed our automated Internet-based banking platform and workflow process to handle traditional banking functions with reduced paperwork and human intervention. Our thrift charter allows us to operate in all 50 states and our online presence allows us increased flexibility to target a large number of loan and deposit customers based on demographics, geography, affiliate relationships and price. We plan to continue to

increase our deposits by attracting new customers with competitive pricing, targeted marketing and new products and services. We plan to continue to increase our originations of single family loans and multifamily loans by attracting new customers through our website and affiliate marketing arrangements. We also plan to continue to sell mortgage loans in the secondary market and to purchase mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities.

Our present goals are to:

 

¡  

Increase our total assets to more than $3.0 billion;

 

¡  

Reduce our annualized efficiency ratio to a level 35% or lower; and

 

¡  

Keep our annualized return on average common stockholder’s equity above 15.0%.

Copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports are available, free of charge, through the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov and our website at www.bofiholding.com as soon as reasonably practicable after their filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information contained therein or connected thereto is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, the public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days during the hours of 10 a.m. to 3 p.m. Members of the public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

Lending and Investment Activities

General. We divide our loan acquisition activities into two primary channels: retail and wholesale. Our retail channel originates loans nationwide either directly to consumer or through dealer or broker arrangements. Our wholesale channel purchases closed loans in flow or bulk from a variety of business partners. Our originations, purchases and sales of mortgage loans include both fixed and adjustable interest rate loans. Originations are sourced, underwritten, processed, controlled and tracked primarily through our customized websites and software. We believe that, due to our automated systems, our lending business is scalable, allowing us to handle increasing volumes of loans and enter into new geographic lending markets with only a small increase in personnel, in accordance with our strategy of leveraging technology to lower our operating expenses.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We purchase securities for liquidity and for investment when we conclude that their risk-adjusted returns exceed those of our loan origination or loan purchase opportunities.

Loan Products. Our loans primarily consist of first mortgage loans secured by single family and multifamily properties and, to a lesser extent, commercial properties. We also provide home equity second mortgages, primarily closed end loans and, to a lesser extent, lines of credit. Further details regarding our loan programs are discussed below:

 

¡  

Single Family Loans. We typically offer or purchase fixed and adjustable rate, conforming and jumbo single family mortgage loans in all 50 states, although we constantly monitor our geographic reach for risk and are currently not lending in all states. Our largest single family first mortgage loan was $5.0 million as of June 30, 2011. We either sell the single family first mortgage loans that we originate to wholesale lending institutions with servicing rights released to the purchaser or we retain the mortgage loan in our portfolio. The Bank elected to significantly decrease or eliminate certain retail single family loan offerings in favor of purchasing loan pools in 2005 through 2008. Since 2008, the Bank has begun originating first mortgages on a retail basis, primarily selling its fixed- rate originations to its correspondents or government sponsored enterprises such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (GSEs). The Bank monitors the market and considers product offerings when spreads adequately compensate the Bank for the associated risk and when loan amounts can be well protected by collateral values.

 

¡  

Home Equity Loans. We originate adjustable rate and fixed rate closed end home equity loans secured by second liens on single family residential properties. We elected to significantly decrease new home equity loans in 2009. We hold all of the home equity loans that we originate and perform the loan servicing directly on these loans. Our portfolio of home equity loans as of June 30, 2011 had an average outstanding balance of $25,000 and a largest single loan amount of $214,000. The Bank has also purchased participations in pools of individually-underwritten, seasoned home equity loans. We may increase new home equity loan originations as economic conditions and home values continue to stabilize.

¡  

Multifamily Loans. We originate and purchase adjustable rate multifamily mortgage loans. We either sell the loans we originate or we retain them for the portfolio and perform the loan servicing directly on these loans. Our multifamily loans as of June 30, 2011 ranged in amount from approximately $13,000 to $5.9 million and were secured by first liens on properties typically ranging from five to 70 units. Our multifamily portfolio has loans with interest rates that adjust based on a variety of industry standard indices, including U.S. Treasury security yields, LIBOR and Eleventh District Cost of Funds. Many of our loans originated and purchased typically have initial fixed rate periods (three, five or seven years) before starting a regular adjustment period (annually, semi-annually or monthly) as well as prepayment protection clauses, interest rate floors, ceilings and rate change caps.

 

¡  

Commercial Real Estate Loans. We purchase and originate commercial real estate loans. We either sell the loans we originate or we retain them for the portfolio. Our commercial real estate loans as of June 30, 2011 ranged in amount from approximately $97,000 to $2.8 million, and were secured by first liens on mixed-use, shopping and retail centers, office buildings and multi-tenant industrial properties. We offer commercial real estate loans with similar terms and interest rates as our multifamily loans.

 

¡  

Consumer—Recreational Vehicle and Automobile Loans. The Bank originated fixed-rate recreational vehicle (RV) and automobile loans on a direct basis and through dealers. Starting in fiscal 2008, the Bank elected to significantly decrease its RV and automobile loan production. We hold all of the RV and auto loans that we originate and perform the loan servicing directly on these loans. Our RV loans as of June 30, 2011 ranged in amount up to approximately $416,000 with an average outstanding balance of $34,000 and were secured by motor homes or travel trailers.

 

¡  

Other. We provide overdraft lines of credit for our qualifying deposit customers with checking accounts. We make loans to specialty businesses and to individuals secured by residential real estate, residential mortgages and other financial instruments.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio in amounts and percentages by type of loan at the end of each fiscal year-end since June 30, 2007:

 

    At June 30,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  

Residential real estate loans:

                   

Single Family (one to four units)

  $ 517,637        38.7   $ 259,790        32.9   $ 165,405        26.3   $ 165,473        26.2   $ 104,960        20.8

Home equity

    36,424        2.7     22,575        2.9     32,345        5.1     41,977        6.6     18,815        3.8

Multifamily (five units or more)

    647,381        48.4     370,469        46.9     326,938        52.0     330,778        52.2     325,880        64.6

Commercial real estate and land loans

    37,985        2.8     33,553        4.3     30,002        4.8     33,731        5.3     11,256        2.2

Consumer—Recreational vehicle

    30,406        2.3     39,842        5.0     50,056        8.0     56,968        9.0     42,327        8.4

Other

    66,582        5.0     62,875        8.0     23,872        3.8     4,439        0.7     981        0.2

Total loans held for investment

    1,336,415        100.0     789,104        100.0     628,618        100.0     633,366        100.0     504,219        100.0

Allowance for loan losses

    (7,419       (5,893       (4,754       (2,710       (1,450  

Unamortized premiums/discounts, net of deferred loan fees

    (3,895       (8,312       (8,401       757          5,137     

Net loans held for investment

  $ 1,325,101              $ 774,899              $ 615,463              $ 631,413              $ 507,906           

The following table sets forth the amount of loans maturing in our total loans held for investment at June 30, 2011 based on the contractual terms to maturity:

 

   

Term to Contractual Maturity

 
(Dollars in thousands)   Less Than
Three
Months
   

Over Three

Months

Through

One Year

    Over One
Year
Through
Five Years
    Over Five
Years
    Total  

June 30, 2011

  $ 3,387      $ 5,418      $ 24,577      $ 1,303,033      $ 1,336,415   

The following table sets forth the amount of our loans at June 30, 2011 that are due after June 30, 2012 and indicates whether they have fixed, floating or adjustable interest rate loans:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Fixed     Floating or
Adjustable
    Total  

Single family (one to four units)

  $ 75,807      $ 441,583      $ 517,390   

Home equity

    35,119        1,256        36,375   

Multifamily (five units or more)

    41,887        602,343        644,230   

Commercial real estate and land

    6,304        31,681        37,985   

Consumer—recreational vehicle

    30,357        —          30,357   

Other

    61,241        —          61,241   

Total

  $ 250,715      $ 1,076,863      $ 1,327,578   

 

3


Table of Contents

Our mortgage loans are secured by properties primarily located in the western United States. The following table shows the largest states and regions ranked by location of these properties at June 30, 2011:

 

    Percent of Loan Principal Secured by Real Estate Located in State  
State  

Total Real Estate

Loans

   

Single

Family

   

Home

Equity

    Multifamily    

Commercial and

Land

 

California-south 1

    45.12     44.42     13.25     48.29     12.39

California-north2

    13.98     14.08     9.30     13.88     16.16

Texas

    4.99     2.31     —          6.50     17.88

Washington

    4.83     3.59     4.96     5.49     10.65

New York

    4.27     6.99     5.23     1.70     10.78

Arizona

    3.08     4.08     8.43     2.33     0.26

Florida

    2.70     2.92     10.70     2.51     0.00

Colorado

    2.27     3.16     1.40     1.44     4.60

Oregon

    1.81     1.32     0.43     1.99     5.79

Illinois

    1.57     1.42     4.37     1.66     0.99

All other states

    15.38     15.71     41.93     14.21     20.50
      100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00

 

1 

Consists of loans secured by real property in California with zip code ranges from 90000 to 92999.

2 

Consists of loans secured by real property in California with zip code ranges from 93000 to 96999.

The ratio of the loan amount to the value of the property securing the loan is called the loan-to-value ratio or LTV. The following table shows the LTVs of our loan portfolio on weighted average and median bases at June 30, 2011. The LTVs were calculated by dividing (a) the loan principal balance less principal repayments by (b) the appraisal value of the property securing the loan at the time of the funding or, for certain purchased seasoned loans, an adjusted appraised value based upon an independent review at the time of the purchase.

 

    

Total Real Estate

Loans

    Single Family     Home Equity1     Multifamily    

Commercial and

Land

 

Weighted Average LTV

    53.79     53.55     52.58     54.43     47.33

Median LTV

    52.92     52.90     58.26     50.02     45.01

 

1

Amounts represent combined loan to value calculated by adding the current balances of both the 1st and 2nd liens of the borrower and dividing that sum by an independent estimated value of the property at the time of origination.

We believe our weighted average LTV of 53.79%, at origination, for our entire real estate loan portfolio is lower and more conservative than most banks which has resulted, and will continue to result in the future, in lower average loan defaults and write-offs when compared to other banks.

 

4


Table of Contents

Lending Activities. The following table summarizes the volumes of loans originated, purchased, sold and repaid by loan group for each the last five fiscal years:

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
(Dollars in thousands)   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Loans Held for Sale:

 

Single family (one to four units):

         

Beginning balance

  $ 5,511      $ 3,190      $ —        $ —        $ —     

Loan originations

    216,868        114,842        83,741        516        7,579   

Loan purchases

    —          —          —          —          —     

Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale

    (206,955     (114,215     (81,932     (518     (7,609

Gains on sales of loans held for sale

    4,337        1,694        1,381        2        30   

Other

    349        —          —          —          —     

Ending balance

  $ 20,110      $ 5,511      $ 3,190      $ —        $ —     

Loans Held for Investment:

         

Single family (one to four units):

         

Beginning balance

  $ 259,790      $ 165,405      $ 165,473      $ 104,960      $ 113,242   

Loan originations

    301,765        12,815        305        —          840   

Loan purchases

    43,440        126,446        22,036        95,667        42,258   

Loans transferred to Held for Sale

    (6,911     —          —          —          —     

Principal repayments

    (77,208     (41,825     (20,012     (34,726     (51,380

Foreclosure and charge-offs

    (3,239     (3,051     (2,397     (428     —     

Ending balance

  $ 517,637      $ 259,790      $ 165,405      $ 165,473      $ 104,960   

Home equity:

         

Beginning balance

  $ 22,575      $ 32,345      $ 41,977      $ 18,815      $ 628   

Loan originations

    —          —          7,363        34,761        19,684   

Loan purchases

    22,013        —          —          —          —     

Loans sold

    —          —          —          —          —     

Principal repayments

    (8,060     (9,653     (16,681     (11,599     (1,497

Foreclosure and charge-offs

    (104     (117     (314     —          —     

Ending balance

  $ 36,424      $ 22,575      $ 32,345      $ 41,977      $ 18,815   

Multifamily (five units or more):

         

Beginning balance

  $ 370,469      $ 326,938      $ 330,778      $ 325,880      $ 402,166   

Loan originations

    275,027        21,323        1,750        —          2,484   

Loan purchases

    53,990        58,461        46,439        87,113        750   

Loans sold

    —          —          —          —          —     

Principal repayments

    (43,614     (34,210     (48,535     (82,115     (79,520

Foreclosure and charge-offs

    (8,491     (2,043     (3,494     (100     —     

Ending balance

  $ 647,381      $ 370,469      $ 326,938      $ 330,778      $ 325,880   

Commercial real estate and land:

         

Beginning balance

  $ 33,553      $ 30,002      $ 33,731      $ 11,256      $ 13,743   

Loan originations

    2,547        4,129        —          85        —     

Loan purchases

    5,897        456        —          24,726        500   

Loans sold

    —          —          —          —          —     

Principal repayments

    (4,012     (1,034     (1,320     (2,336     (2,986

Foreclosure and charge-offs

    —          —          (2,409     —          (1

Ending balance

  $ 37,985      $ 33,553      $ 30,002      $ 33,731      $ 11,256   

Consumer—recreational vehicle and auto:

         

Beginning balance

  $ 39,842      $ 50,056      $ 56,968      $ 42,327      $ —     

Loan originations

    —          34        3,772        25,712        43,485   

Loan purchases

    —          —          —          —          —     

Loans sold

    —          —          —          —          —     

Principal repayments

    (4,625     (5,468     (7,662     (10,617     (1,158

Repossession and charge-offs

    (4,811     (4,780     (3,022     (454     —     

Ending balance

  $ 30,406      $ 39,842      $ 50,056      $ 56,968      $ 42,327   

Other:

         

Beginning balance

  $ 62,875      $ 23,872      $ 4,439      $ 981      $ 81   

Loan originations

    29,562        36,401        19,980        4,330        956   

Loan purchases

    —          4,200        —          —          —     

Loans sold

    —          —          —          —          —     

Principal repayments

    (25,829     (1,598     (534     (866     (57

Charge-offs

    (26     —          (13     (6     1   

Ending balance

  $ 66,582      $ 62,875      $ 23,872      $ 4,439      $ 981   

TOTAL LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT

  $ 1,336,415      $ 789,104      $ 628,618      $ 633,366      $ 504,219   

Allowance for loan losses

    (7,419     (5,893     (4,754     (2,710     (1,450

Unamortized premiums, unaccreted discounts, net of deferred loan fees

    (3,895     (8,312     (8,401     757        5,137   

NET LOANS

  $ 1,325,101      $ 774,899      $ 615,463      $ 631,413      $ 507,906   

 

5


Table of Contents

Lending Activities. The following table summarizes the amount funded, the number and the size of real estate loans and RV loans originated and purchased for each of the last five fiscal years:

 

Type of Loan   For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
(Dollars in thousands)   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Single Family (one to four units):

         

Loans originated:

         

Amount funded

  $ 518,633      $ 127,657      $ 84,045      $ 516      $ 840   

Number of loans

    1,104        411        283        2        1   

Average loan size

  $ 470      $ 311      $ 297      $ 258      $ 840   

Loans purchased:

         

Amount funded

  $ 43,440      $ 126,446      $ 22,036      $ 95,667      $ 42,258   

Number of loans

    113        450        89        209        197   

Average loan size

  $ 384      $ 281      $ 248      $ 458      $ 215   

Home equity:

         

Loans originated:

         

Amount funded

  $ —        $ —        $ 7,363      $ 34,761      $ 19,684   

Number of loans

    —          —          161        1,027        520   

Average loan size

  $ —        $ —        $ 46      $ 34      $ 38   

Loans purchased:

         

Amount funded

  $ 22,013      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Number of loans

    1        —          —          —          —     

Average loan size

  $ 22,013      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Multifamily (five or more units):

         

Loans originated:

         

Amount funded

  $ 275,027      $ 21,323      $ 1,750      $ —        $ 2,484   

Number of loans

    300        22        2        —          5   

Average loan size

  $ 917      $ 969      $ 875      $ —        $ 497   

Loans purchased:

         

Amount funded

  $ 53,990      $ 58,461      $ 46,439      $ 87,113      $ 750   

Number of loans

    34        120        31        81        3   

Average loan size

  $ 1,588      $ 487      $ 1,498      $ 1,075      $ 250   

Commercial real estate and land:

         

Loans originated:

         

Amount funded

  $ 2,255      $ 4,129      $ —        $ 85      $ —     

Number of loans

    1        3        —          1        —     

Average loan size

  $ 2,255      $ 1,376      $ —        $ 85      $ —     

Loans purchased:

         

Amount funded

  $ 5,897      $ 456      $ —        $ 24,726      $ 500   

Number of loans

    4        3        —          20        1   

Average loan size

  $ 1,474      $ 152      $ —        $ 1,236      $ 500   

Consumer—recreational vehicle and auto:

         

Loans originated:

         

Amount funded

  $ —        $ 34      $ 3,772      $ 25,712      $ 43,485   

Number of loans

    —          1        130        710        938   

Average loan size

  $ —        $ 34      $ 29      $ 36      $ 46   

Loans purchased:

         

Amount funded

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Number of loans

    —          —          —          —          —     

Average loan size

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

 

6


Table of Contents

Loan Marketing. We market our lending products directly to customers through a variety of channels depending on the product. For our single family mortgage and home equity loans, we target Internet comparison rate shoppers in all 50 states through the purchase of Google Ad comparison rates and popular rate comparison sites such as Bankrate.com. In addition, we purchase customer leads and loan applications from major lead aggregators, and from our marketing affiliates and affinity partner agreements. For our multifamily mortgage loans, we target customers through traditional origination techniques such as direct mail marketing, personal sales efforts and print advertising. Recently, we have increased our direct sales marketing of single family jumbo and multifamily mortgage loans.

Loan Originations. We originate loans through three different origination channels: online retail, online wholesale and direct.

 

¡  

Online Retail Loan Origination. We originate single family mortgage loans directly online through our websites, where our customers can view interest rates and loan terms, enter their loan applications and lock in interest rates directly over the Internet. All online loan offerings are accessed through our bank website bankofinternet.com. We maintain and update the rate and other information on this website. We process and underwrite mortgage loan applications through our work flow system. Our primary website for multifamily loans is apartmentbank.com, which is where customers can obtain prequalify loan requests, loan applications and communicate with loan officers. Multifamily loan applications are underwritten and processed internally by our personnel. We designed our website and underlying software to expedite the origination, processing and management of loans to better serve our customers.

 

¡  

Online Broker Origination. We have developed relationships with independent loan brokers and we manage these relationships and our wholesale loan pipeline through our originations systems and websites. Through this password-protected website, our approved independent loan brokers can compare programs, terms and pricing on a real time basis and communicate with our staff.

 

¡  

Direct Loan Origination. We believe that, particularly in multifamily and commercial mortgage lending as well as certain jumbo single family lending, traditional loan originators are needed to achieve our desired origination volume. Our internal software allows the loan originator to have direct online access to our multifamily loan origination system and originate and manage their loan portfolios in a secure online environment from anywhere in the nation. Routine tasks are automated, such as

   

researching loan program and pricing updates; prequalifying loans; submitting loan applications, viewing customer applications, credit histories and other application documents and monitoring the status of loans in process.

 

¡  

Wholesale Loan Purchases. We purchase selected single family, multifamily, commercial and home equity real estate loans from other lenders to supplement and diversify our loan portfolio geographically. We currently purchase loans from a variety of sources including major banks, major securities brokers or dealers, mortgage companies, and investment funds. At June 30, 2011, approximately $311.0 million, or 23.5%, of our loan portfolio was acquired from other lenders who are servicing the loans on our behalf, of which 46.5% were multifamily loans and 53.5% were single family loans.

 

¡  

Loan Servicing. We typically retain servicing rights for all home equity, multifamily and single family loans that we originate and retain. We may not acquire servicing rights on purchased single family and multifamily loans, and we typically release servicing rights to the purchaser when we sell single family loans that we originate.

 

¡  

Loan Underwriting Process and Criteria. We individually underwrite the loans that we originate and all loans that we purchase. Our loan underwriting policies and procedures are written and adopted by our board of directors and our loan committee. Each loan, regardless of how it is originated, must meet underwriting criteria set forth in our lending policies and the requirements of applicable lending regulations of our federal regulators.

We have designed our loan application and review process so that much of the information that is required to underwrite and evaluate a loan is created electronically during the loan application process. Therefore we can automate many of the mechanical procedures involved in preparing underwriting reports and reduce the need for human interaction, other than in the actual credit decision process. We believe that our systems will allow us to handle increasing volumes of loans with only a small increase in personnel, in accordance with our strategy of leveraging technology to lower our operating expenses.

In the underwriting process we consider the borrower’s credit score, credit history, documented income, existing and new debt obligations, the value of the collateral, and other internal and external factors. For all multifamily and commercial loans, we rely primarily on the cash flow from the underlying property as the expected source of repayment, but we also endeavor to obtain personal guarantees from all borrowers or substantial principals of the borrower. In evaluating multifamily and commercial loans, we review the value and condition of the underlying property, as well as the

 

 

7


Table of Contents

financial condition, credit history and qualifications of the borrower. In evaluating the borrower’s qualifications, we consider primarily the borrower’s other financial resources, experience in owning or managing similar properties and payment history with us or other financial institutions. In evaluating the underlying property, we consider primarily the net operating income of the property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of net operating income to debt service and the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value.

Lending Limits. As a savings association, we are generally subject to the same lending limit rules applicable to national banks. With limited exceptions, the maximum amount that we may lend to any borrower, including related entities of the borrower, at any one time may not exceed 15% of our unimpaired capital and surplus, plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus for loans fully secured by readily marketable collateral. We are additionally authorized to make loans to one borrower in an amount not to exceed the lesser of $30.0 million or 30% of our unimpaired capital and surplus for the purpose of developing residential housing, if certain specified conditions are met. See “Regulation of Bank of Internet.”

At June 30, 2011, the Bank’s loans-to-one-borrower limit was $24.4 million, based upon the 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus measurement. At June 30, 2011, no single loan was larger than $5.0 million and our largest single lending relationship had an outstanding balance of $7.6 million.

Loan Quality and Credit Risk. After eight years of operating the Bank, we experienced our first mortgage loan foreclosure and consumer loan charge-off during fiscal 2008. Our loan charge-offs increased in fiscal 2009 and 2010, but declined in fiscal 2011. We believe that our level of nonperforming loans is below the level of nonperforming loans currently found at most banks. The economy and the mortgage and consumer credit markets have shown signs of stabilizing, but unemployment remains high. We expect additional loans to default or become nonperforming and we provide an allowance for estimated loan losses. Nonperforming assets are defined as nonperforming loans and real estate acquired by foreclosure or deed-in-lieu thereof. Generally, nonperforming loans are defined as nonaccrual loans and loans 90 days or more overdue. Troubled debt restructurings

(TDRs) are defined as loans that we have agreed to modify by accepting below market terms either by granting interest rate concessions or by deferring principal or interest payments. Our policy with respect to nonperforming assets is to place such assets on nonaccrual status when, in the judgment of management, the probability of collection of interest is deemed to be insufficient to warrant further accrual. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest will be deducted from interest income. Our general policy is to not accrue interest on loans past due 90 days or more, unless the individual borrower circumstances dictate otherwise.

See Management’s Discussion and Analysis — “Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan Loss” for a history of nonperforming assets and allowance for loan loss.

Securities Portfolio. In addition to loans, we invest available funds in high-grade mortgage-backed securities, fixed income securities and preferred securities of government-sponsored entities. From time to time we also invest available funds in term deposits of other financial institutions. Our investment policy, as established by our board of directors, is designed to maintain liquidity and generate a favorable return on investment without incurring undue interest rate risk, credit risk or portfolio asset concentration risk. Under our investment policy, we are currently authorized to invest in agency mortgage-backed obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States government, non-agency mortgage-backed obligations, specific federal agency obligations, specific time deposits, negotiable certificates of deposit issued by commercial banks and other insured financial institutions, investment grade corporate debt securities and other specified investments. We also buy and sell securities to facilitate liquidity and to help manage our interest rate risk.

We classify each investment security according to our intent to hold the security to maturity, trade the security at fair value or make the security available for sale. We increased our purchases mortgage-backed securities in fiscal 2005 through 2010 because we believed the mortgage-backed securities provided better risk adjusted yields than certain single family whole loan originations or whole loan pools. During fiscal 2008 and 2009, we sold U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities and replaced them with better risk adjusted non-agency securities.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of our securities portfolio by intent at the end of each of the last five fiscal years:

 

Fiscal year end   Available for Sale     Held to maturity     Trading     Total  
(Dollars in thousands)   Fair Value     Carrying Amount     Fair Value         

June 30, 2011

  $ 145,671      $ 370,626      $ 5,053      $ 521,350   

June 30, 2010

    242,430        320,807        4,402        567,639   

June 30, 2009

    265,807        350,898        5,445        622,150   

June 30, 2008

    209,119        300,895               510,014   

June 30, 2007

    296,068        61,902               357,970   

The expected maturity distribution of our mortgage-backed securities and the contractual maturity distribution of our other debt securities and the weighted average yield for each range of maturities at June 30, 2011 were:

 

At June 30, 2011   Total Amount     Due Within One
Year
    Due After One but
within Five Years
    Due After Five but
within Ten Years
   

Due After Ten

Years

 
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount     Yield1     Amount     Yield1     Amount     Yield1     Amount     Yield1     Amount     Yield1  

Available for sale

                   

Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS):

                   

U.S. Agency2

  $ 60,212        2.92   $ 2,911        3.14   $ 11,063        3.07   $ 12,894        2.96   $ 33,344        2.83

Non-Agency3

  $ 74,545        5.96   $ 12,509        8.41   $ 33,500        7.38   $ 16,910        5.01   $ 11,626        0.63

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities

  $ 134,757        4.60   $ 15,420        7.41   $ 44,563        6.31   $ 29,804        4.12   $ 44,970        2.26

Available For Sale—Amortized Cost

  $ 134,757        4.60   $ 15,420        7.41   $ 44,563        6.31   $ 29,804        4.12   $ 44,970        2.26

Available For Sale—Fair Value

  $ 145,671        4.60   $ 17,009        7.41   $ 48,721        6.31   $ 32,125        4.12   $ 47,816        2.26

Held to maturity

                   

Mortgage-backed securities (RMBS):

                   

U.S. Agency2

  $ 77,941        3.97   $ 3,961        3.71   $ 13,799        3.72   $ 13,835        3.73   $ 46,346        4.13

Non-Agency3

  $ 246,455        7.70   $ 32,609        9.19   $ 67,286        8.23   $ 44,959        7.37   $ 101,601        7.01

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities

  $ 324,396        6.80   $ 36,570        8.60   $ 81,085        7.46   $ 58,794        6.52   $ 147,947        6.11

Other Debt Securities:

                   

U.S. Agency2

  $ 9,976        2.03   $        0.00   $ 9,976        2.03   $        0.00   $        0.00

Municipal

  $ 36,254        6.15   $        0.00   $        0.00   $ 1,309        6.51   $ 34,945        6.14

Total Other Debt Securities

  $ 46,230        5.26   $        0.00   $ 9,976        2.03   $ 1,309        6.51   $ 34,945        6.14

Held to Maturity—Carrying Value

  $ 370,626        5.95   $ 36,570        8.60   $ 91,061        6.64   $ 60,103        6.37   $ 182,892        4.94

Held to Maturity—Fair Value

  $ 387,286        5.95   $ 39,867        8.60   $ 90,172        6.64   $ 68,110        6.37   $ 189,137        4.94

Trading

                   

Non-Agency—Fair Value4

  $ 5,053        2.05   $        0.00   $        0.00   $        0.00   $ 5,053        2.05

Total securities

  $ 521,350        5.55   $ 53,579        8.22   $ 139,782        6.53   $ 92,228        5.59   $ 235,761        4.34

 

1 

Weighted average yield is based on amortized cost of the securities. Residential mortgage-backed security (RMBS) yields and maturities include impact of expected prepayments and other timing factors such as interest rate forward curve.

2 

U.S. government-backed or government sponsored enterprises including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginny Mae.

3 

Private sponsors of securities collateralized primarily by pools of 1-4 family residential first mortgages . Primarily supersenior securities and secured by prime, Alt A or pay-option ARM mortgages.

4 

Collateralized debt obligations secured by pools of bank trust preferred.

Our securities portfolio of $521.4 million at June 30, 2011 is composed of approximately 29.0% U.S. agency residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) and other debt securities issued by GSEs, primarily Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; 3.7% Prime private-issue super senior, first-lien RMBS; 15.5% Alt-A, private-issue super senior, first-lien RMBS; 38.1% Pay-Option ARM, private-issue super senior first-lien RMBS; 7.0% Municipal securities and 6.7% other residential mortgage-backed, asset-backed and bank pooled trust preferred securities. We had no commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) or Subprime RMBS at June 30, 2011.

 

9


Table of Contents

We manage the credit risk of our non-agency RMBS by purchasing those AAA securities which we believe have the most favorable blend of historic credit performance and remaining credit enhancements including subordination, over collateralization, excess spread and purchase discounts. Substantially all of our non-agency RMBS are super senior tranches protected against realized loss by subordinated tranches. The amount of structural subordination available to protect each of our securities (expressed as a percent of the current face value) is known as credit enhancement. At June 30, 2011, the weighted-average credit enhancement in our entire non-agency RMBS portfolio was 39.1%. The credit enhancement levels for our Alt-A and Pay-option ARM portions of the portfolio were 51.9% and 33.1%, respectively. The credit enhancement percent and the rating agency grade (e.g., “AA”) do not consider the additional credit protection available to the Bank (if needed) from its purchase price discounts. We have experienced RMBS personnel monitor the performance and measure the securities for impairment. The rating agency grade does not

completely reflect the probability of impairment. The credit enhancement level when you consider the remaining purchase discount at June 30, 2011 equals 47.7% for approximately 67.5% of our securities that have been downgraded from their respective AAA ratings at acquisition to below investment grade. Substantially all of those securities that were downgraded were included in our Bank of Internet Re-securitization Trust (BIRT) which restructured their discounts into a new series of securities rated by two nationally recognized rating agencies. Approximately 95% of the rated BIRT securities are investment grade and can be pledged by the Bank for liquidity. For financial reporting purposes, the BIRT securities are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The underlying securities in the BIRT Trust are reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the BIRT securities are eliminated in consolidation. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis—“Critical Accounting Policies—Securities.”

 

 

The following table sets forth changes in our securities portfolio for each of the last five fiscal years:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Securities at beginning of period1

  $ 567,639      $ 622,150      $ 510,014      $ 357,970      $ 139,636   

Purchases

    284,033        223,754        310,559        493,183        364,349   

Sales

    (14,103     (14,081     (95,297     (210,618     (74,346

Repayments, prepayments and amortization of premium/accretion of discounts

    (306,971     (260,451     (97,625     (132,661     (71,706

Trading securities mark-to-market

    651        (1,039     (2,055              

Transition impact of adopting SFAS 159

                  (3,504              

Impairment charged to the income statement

    (1,541     (6,038     (1,454     (1,000       

(Decrease) increase in unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale securities, net of impairment charged

    (8,358     3,344        1,512        3,140        37   

Securities at end of period1

  $ 521,350      $ 567,639      $ 622,150      $ 510,014      $ 357,970   

 

1 

Includes trading, available for sale and held to maturity portfolios.

 

DEPOSIT PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

Deposit Products. We offer a full line of deposit products over the internet to customers in all 50 states. Our deposit products consist of Demand Deposit accounts, Savings accounts and Certificate of Deposit accounts across multiple brands. Our customers access their funds through ATMs, VISA® Debit Cards, Automated Clearing House funds (electronic transfers) and Checks. We also offer the following additional services in connection with our deposit accounts:

 

¡  

Online Banking. Customers can review their account detail, including viewing and printing their online banking statements. Other features of Online Banking are:

 

  ¡  

Online Bill Payment Service. Customers can pay their

   

bills online through electronic funds transfer or a written check prepared and sent to the payee.

 

  ¡  

InterBank Transfer. Customers can transfer money to accounts they own at other financial institutions.

 

  ¡  

PopMoney. An easy and convenient way for customers to send and receive money from anyone.

 

  ¡  

My Deposit. A remote deposit solution that enables customers to scan checks from their computer and have the scanned images electronically transmitted for deposit directly to their account.

 

  ¡  

Mobile Banking. Customers can review account balances, transfer funds and pay bills from the convenience of their mobile phone.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
  ¡  

Text Message Banking. Customers can view their account balances and transactions as well as transfer fund funds between their accounts and set up alerts using their mobile phone.

 

  ¡  

FinanceWorks. A new financial management solution that provides customers with a complete and easy way to budget, gain control over their spending and save more during these tough economic times.

 

  ¡  

Purchase Rewards. Customers can earn cash back from participating merchants simply by using their VISA® Debit Card.

 

  ¡  

Secure Email. Customers have send and receive secure email without concern for the security of their information.

 

¡  

ATM Cards or VISA® Debit Cards. Each customer may choose to receive a free ATM card or VISA® debit card upon opening an account. Customers can access their accounts at ATMs and any other location worldwide that accept VISA® debit cards.

 

¡  

Overdraft Protection. Overdraft protection, in the form of an overdraft line of credit, is available to all checking account customers who request this service and qualify.

Deposit Marketing. We currently market to deposit customers through targeted online marketing in all 50 states by purchasing “keyword” advertising on Internet search engines, such as Google, and placement on product comparison sites, such as Bankrate.com. We target deposit customers based on certain demographics (such as age,

income, and geographic location) and other criteria. We also pay for customer leads and applications from our marketing affiliates and partners with affinity agreements.

As part of our deposit marketing strategies, we actively manage deposit interest rates offered on our websites and displayed in our advertisements. Senior management is directly involved in executing overall growth and interest rate guidance established by our Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO). Within these parameters, management and staff survey our competitors’ interest rates and evaluate consumer demand for various products and our existing deposit mix. We then establish our marketing campaigns accordingly and monitor and adjust our marketing campaigns on an ongoing basis. Within minutes, our management and staff can react to changes in deposit inflows and external events by altering interest rates reflected on our websites and in our advertising. Our external advertising cost per new account was approximately $3.80, $4.89 and $10.67 for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

 

The number of deposit accounts at the end of each of the last five fiscal years is set forth below:

 

    At June 30,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Checking and savings accounts

    16,105        17,192        10,685        9,415        8,315   

Time deposits

    16,793        10,554        12,757        15,490        17,502   

Total number of deposit accounts

    32,898        27,746        23,442        24,905        25,817   

Deposit Composition. The following table sets forth the dollar amount of deposits by type and weighted average interest rates at the end of each of the last five fiscal years:

    At June 30,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount     Rate1     Amount     Rate1     Amount     Rate1     Amount     Rate1     Amount     Rate1  

Noninterest-bearing

  $ 7,369             $ 5,441             $ 3,509             $ 5,509             $ 993          

Interest-bearing:

                   

Demand

    76,793        0.75     63,962        0.85     59,151        1.22     61,616        3.22     48,575        3.52

Savings

    268,384        0.93     358,293        0.91     192,781        1.94     56,202        3.38     22,840        3.75

Time deposits:

                   

Under $100

    337,937        2.24     200,859        3.23     191,021        4.39     268,747        4.84     298,767        5.06

$100 or more

    649,842        2.15     339,625        2.95     202,062        3.85     178,630        4.91     176,774        5.09

Total time deposits

    987,779        2.18     540,484        3.05     393,083        4.11     447,377        4.87     475,541        5.07

Total interest-bearing

    1,332,956        1.85     962,739        2.11     645,015        3.20     565,195        4.54     546,956        4.88

Total deposits

  $ 1,340,325        1.84   $ 968,180        2.10   $ 648,524        3.18   $ 570,704        4.50   $ 547,949        4.87

 

1 

Based on weighted average stated interest rates at the end of the period.

 

11


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the average balance, the interest expense and the average rate paid on each type of deposit for the last five fiscal years ending June 30:

 

    2011     2010     2009  
(Dollars in thousands)   Average
Balance
    Interest
Expense
    Avg. Rate
Paid
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Expense
    Avg. Rate
Paid
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Expense
    Avg. Rate
Paid
 

Demand

  $ 61,181      $ 488        0.80   $ 57,779      $ 595        1.03   $ 70,882      $ 1,722        2.43

Savings

    283,783        2,508        0.92     389,526        5,779        1.48     115,427        2,861        2.48

Time deposits

    776,638        19,280        2.48     413,999        14,880        3.59     433,410        19,400        4.48

Total interest-bearing deposits

  $ 1,121,602      $ 22,276        2.01   $ 861,304      $ 21,254        2.47   $ 619,719      $ 23,983        3.87

Total deposits

  $ 1,127,415      $ 22,276        2.00   $ 866,837      $ 21,254        2.45   $ 623,889      $ 23,983        3.84

 

    2008     2007  
(Dollars in thousands)   Average
Balance
    Interest
Expense
    Avg. Rate
Paid
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Expense
    Avg. Rate
Paid
 

Demand

  $ 47,405      $ 1,670        3.52   $ 34,409      $ 1,066        3.10

Savings

    28,623        1,056        3.69     25,696        960        3.74

Time deposits

    506,761        25,632        5.06     399,855        19,541        4.89

Total interest-bearing deposits

  $ 582,789      $ 28,358        4.87   $ 459,960      $ 21,567        4.69

Total deposits

  $ 585,933      $ 28,358        4.84   $ 461,024      $ 21,567        4.68

The following table shows the maturity dates of our certificates of deposit at the end of each of the last five fiscal years, June 30:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Within 12 months

  $ 568,827      $ 259,026      $ 237,920      $ 233,767      $ 258,404   

13 to 24 months

    184,029        106,733        49,796        81,156        100,086   

25 to 36 months

    66,541        52,174        64,743        33,343        44,988   

37 to 48 months

    33,500        11,922        38,559        61,744        15,574   

49 months and thereafter

    134,882        110,629        2,065        37,367        56,489   

Total

  $ 987,779      $ 540,484      $ 393,083      $ 447,377      $ 475,541   

The following table shows maturities of our time deposits having principal amounts of $100,000 or more at the end of each of the last five fiscal years:

 

    Term to Maturity        
(Dollars in thousands)   Within
Three
Months
   

Over Three
Months to

Six Months

    Over Six
Months to
One Year
    Over One
Year
    Total  

Time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more at June 30,

 

2011

  $ 41,322      $ 144,907      $ 161,940      $ 301,673      $ 649,842   

2010

  $ 13,213      $ 84,823      $ 48,624      $ 192,965      $ 339,625   

2009

  $ 30,256      $ 49,126      $ 57,527      $ 65,153      $ 202,062   

2008

  $ 29,916      $ 26,919      $ 34,284      $ 87,511      $ 178,630   

2007

  $ 26,795      $ 20,997      $ 42,139      $ 86,843      $ 176,774   

 

Borrowings. In addition to deposits, we have historically funded our asset growth through advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). Our bank can borrow up to 40.0% of its total assets from the FHLB, and borrowings are collateralized by mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities pledged to the FHLB. At June 30, 2011, the

Company had $139.7 million available immediately and an additional $250.9 million available with additional collateral, for advances from the FHLB for terms up to ten years.

The Bank has federal funds lines of credit with two major banks totaling $20.0 million. At June 30, 2011, the Bank had an outstanding balance of $2.5 million.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

The Bank can also borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (FRB), and borrowings are collateralized by consumer loans and mortgage-backed securities pledged to the FRB. Based on loans and securities pledged at June 30, 2011, we had a total borrowing capacity of approximately $112.5 million, none of which was outstanding. The Bank has additional unencumbered collateral that could be pledged to the FRB Discount Window to increase borrowing liquidity.

The Company has sold securities under various agreements to repurchase for total proceeds of $130.0 million. The repurchase agreements have fixed interest rates between 3.24% and 4.75% and scheduled maturities between January 2012 and December 2017. Pursuant to these agreements, under certain conditions, the Company may be required to repay the $130.0 million and repurchase its securities before

the scheduled maturity if the issuer requests repayment on scheduled quarterly call dates. As of June 30, 2011, the

weighted-average remaining contractual maturity period was 3.36 years and the weighted average remaining period before such repurchase agreements could be called was 0.26 years.

On December 16, 2004, we completed a transaction in which we formed a trust and issued $5.0 million of trust-preferred securities. The net proceeds from the offering were used to purchase approximately $5.2 million of junior subordinated debentures of our company with a stated maturity date of February 23, 2035. The debentures are the sole assets of the trust. The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. We have the right to redeem the debentures in whole (but not in part) on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indenture plus any accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date. Interest accrues at the rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.4%, which was 2.66% at June 30, 2011, and is paid quarterly.

 

The table below sets forth the amount of our borrowings, the maximum amount of borrowings in each category during any month-end during each reported period, the approximate average amounts outstanding during each reported period and the approximate weighted average interest rate thereon at or for the last five fiscal years:

 

    At or For The Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
(Dollars in thousands)   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Advances from the FHLB1:

         

Average balance outstanding

  $ 226,005      $ 199,288      $ 333,327      $ 270,022      $ 239,742   

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period

    309,000        225,988        392,973        398,966        254,216   

Balance outstanding at end of period

    305,000        182,999        262,984        398,966        227,292   

Average interest rate at end of period

    2.07     3.59     3.34     3.77     4.39

Average interest rate during period

    2.77     3.88     3.42     4.23     4.34

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

         

Average balance outstanding

  $ 130,000      $ 130,000      $ 130,000      $ 118,497      $ 30,648   

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period

    130,000        130,000        130,000        130,000        90,000   

Balance outstanding at end of period

    130,000        130,000        130,000        130,000        90,000   

Average interest rate at end of period

    4.35     4.35     4.32     4.23     4.39

Average interest rate during period

    4.41     4.40     4.37     4.34     4.41

Federal Reserve Discount Window borrowing

         

Average balance outstanding

  $      $ 38,986      $ 38,524      $      $   

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period

           140,000        160,000                 

Balance outstanding at end of period

                  160,000                 

Average interest rate at end of period

               0.25              

Average interest rate during period

           0.25     0.36              

Junior subordinated debentures:

         

Average balance outstanding

  $ 5,155      $ 5,155      $ 5,155      $ 5,155      $ 5,155   

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period

    5,155        5,155        5,155        5,155        5,155   

Balance outstanding at end of period

    5,155        5,155        5,155        5,155        5,155   

Average interest rate at end of period

    2.66     2.88     3.06     5.04     7.76

Average interest rate during period

    2.85     2.91     4.60     7.16     8.01

 

1 

Advances from the FHLB have been reduced by debt issue costs of $1, $15, $18, $74 and $108 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

13


Table of Contents

TECHNOLOGY

We have purchased, customized and developed software systems to provide products and services to our customers. Most of our key customer interfaces were designed by us specifically to address the needs of an Internet-only bank and its customers. Our website and deposit origination and servicing (DOS) software drive our customer self-service model, reducing the need for human interaction while increasing our overall operating efficiencies. Our DOS software enables us to collect customer data over our websites, which is automatically uploaded into our databases. The DOS databases drive our workflow processes by automatically linking to third-party processors and storing all customer contract and correspondence data, including emails, hard copy images and telephone notes. We intend to continue to improve our systems and implement new systems, with the goal of providing for increased transaction capacity without materially increasing personnel costs.

SECURITY

Because we operate almost exclusively through electronic means, we believe that we must be vigilant in detecting and preventing fraudulent transactions. We have implemented stringent computer security and internal control procedures to reduce our susceptibility to “identity theft,” “hackers,” theft and other types of fraud. We have implemented an automated approach to detecting identity theft that we believe is highly effective, and we have integrated our fraud detection processes into our DOS technology. For example, when opening new deposit accounts, our DOS programs automatically collect customers’ personal and computer identification from our websites, send the data to internal and third-party programs which analyze the data for potential fraud, and quickly provide operating personnel with a summary report for final assessment and decision making during the account-opening process.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

We register our various Internet URL addresses with service companies, and work actively with bank regulators to identify potential naming conflicts with competing financial institutions. Policing unauthorized use of proprietary information is difficult and litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights.

We own certain Internet domain names. Domain names in the United States and in foreign countries are regulated, and the laws and regulations governing the Internet are continually evolving. Additionally, the relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws protecting

intellectual property rights is not entirely clear. As a result, we may in the future be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our trademark and other intellectual property rights.

EMPLOYEES

At June 30, 2011, we had 173 full time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppage and consider our relations with our employees to be satisfactory.

COMPETITION

The market for banking and financial services is intensely competitive, and we expect competition to continue to intensify in the future. The Bank attracts deposits through the Internet. Competition for those deposits comes from other banks, savings institutions, and credit unions. The Bank competes for these deposits by offering superior service and a variety of deposit accounts at competitive rates.

In real estate lending, we compete against traditional real estate lenders, including large and small savings banks, commercial banks, mortgage bankers and mortgage brokers. Many of our current and potential competitors have greater brand recognition, longer operating histories, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and are capable of providing strong price and customer service competition. In order to compete profitably, we may need to reduce the rates we offer on loans and investments and increase the rates we offer on deposits, which actions may adversely affect our overall financial condition and earnings. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

 

 

REGULATION

GENERAL

Savings and loan holding companies (such as BofI) and savings associations (such as Bank of Internet) are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. The regulation of savings and loan holding companies and savings associations is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and not for the benefit of our stockholders. The following information describes aspects of the material laws and regulations applicable to us and our subsidiary. The information below does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all applicable laws and regulations.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Legislation, regulations and rules regarding the regulation of savings and loan holding companies and savings associations that may affect our or Bank of Internet’s operations are introduced from time to time by the U.S. government and its various agencies. In addition, the rules and regulations currently governing us and Bank of Internet may be amended from time to time. Any such legislation, regulatory changes or amendments in the future could adversely affect us or Bank of Internet. No assurance can be given as to whether, or in what form, any such changes may occur.

THE DODD-FRANK WALL STREET REFORM AND CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT

On July 21, 2010, the President signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act). This comprehensive financial reform and consumer protection act imposed new restrictions and an expanded framework of regulatory oversight for financial institutions, including depository institutions. In addition, as described below, the Dodd-Frank Act changed the jurisdictions of existing bank regulatory agencies and in particular transferred the regulation of federal savings and loan associations. Effective July 21, 2011 the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) was abolished and its supervision of savings and loan associations (such as Bank of Internet) was transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), and its supervision of savings and loan holding companies (such as BofI) was transferred to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Fed Board). A summary of the significant aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act that may affect BofI and Bank of Internet are set forth in the following sections under the headings ”REGULATION OF BOFI HOLDING, INC.” and “REGULATION OF BANK OF INTERNET.”

The Dodd-Frank Act addressed a broad range of financial regulatory reform issues and, in addition to the provisions thereof discussed below, the Dodd-Frank Act contained the following provisions, among others:

 

¡  

A new independent consumer financial protection bureau was established within the Federal Reserve System, empowered to exercise broad regulatory, supervisory and enforcement authority with respect to both new and existing consumer financial protection laws. Smaller financial institutions (less than $10 billion in assets), like Bank of Internet, will be subject to the supervision and enforcement of their primary federal banking regulator with respect to the federal consumer financial protection laws.

 

¡  

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act was amended to direct federal regulators to require depository institution holding

   

companies to serve as a source of strength for their depository institution subsidiaries. Historically, unlike bank holding companies, savings and loan holding companies were not subject to regulatory consolidated capital requirements or been subjected formally to the “source-of-strength” doctrine.

 

¡  

Tier 1 capital treatment for “hybrid” capital items like trust preferred securities is eliminated subject to various grandfathering and transition rules.

 

¡  

The current prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits of Regulation Q of the Fed Board was repealed, effective July 21, 2011.

 

¡  

With respect to federal preemption of state law, state law is preempted only if it would have a discriminatory effect on a federal savings association or is preempted by any other federal law. The OCC must make a preemption determination on a case-by-case basis with respect to a particular state law or other state law with substantively equivalent terms.

 

¡  

Deposit insurance is permanently increased to $250,000 and unlimited deposit insurance for non-interest bearing transaction accounts extended through December 31, 2012.

 

¡  

The calculation of the deposit insurance assessment base will equal the depository institution’s total assets minus the sum of its average tangible equity during the assessment period.

 

¡  

The minimum reserve ratio of the Depository Insurance Fund, the fund backing up federally-insured deposits (the “DIF”) increased to 1.35 percent of estimated annual insured deposits or assessment base. However, the FDIC is directed to “offset the effect” of the increased reserve ratio for insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion.

 

¡  

The Securities and Exchange Commission is authorized to adopt rules requiring public companies to make their proxy materials available to shareholders for nomination of their own candidates for election to the board of directors.

 

¡  

Public companies will be required to provide their shareholders with a non-binding vote: (i) at least once every three years on the compensation paid to executive officers, and (ii) at least once every six years on whether they should have a “say on pay” vote every one, two or three years.

 

¡  

A separate, non-binding shareholder vote will be required regarding golden parachutes for named executive officers when a shareholder vote takes place on mergers, acquisitions, dispositions or other transactions that would trigger the parachute payments.

 

 

15


Table of Contents
¡  

The Securities and Exchange Commission is authorized to adopt rules requiring public companies to make their proxy materials available to shareholders for nomination of their own candidates for election to the board of directors.

 

¡  

Public companies will be required to provide their shareholders with a non-binding vote: (i) at least once every three years on the compensation paid to executive officers, and (ii) at least once every six years on whether they should have a “say on pay” vote every one, two or three years.

 

¡  

A separate, non-binding shareholder vote will be required regarding golden parachutes for named executive officers when a shareholder vote takes place on mergers, acquisitions, dispositions or other transactions that would trigger the parachute payments.

 

¡  

Securities exchanges will be required to prohibit brokers from using their own discretion to vote shares not beneficially owned by them for certain “significant” matters, which include votes on the election of directors, executive compensation matters, and any other matter determined to be significant.

 

¡  

Stock exchanges, which does not include the OTC Bulletin Board, will be prohibited from listing the securities of any issuer that does not have a policy providing for (i) disclosure of its policy on incentive compensation payable on the basis of financial information reportable under the securities laws, and (ii) the recovery from current or former executive officers, following an accounting restatement triggered by material noncompliance with securities law reporting requirements, of any incentive compensation paid erroneously during the three-year period preceding the date on which the restatement was required that exceeds the amount that would have been paid on the basis of the restated financial information.

Disclosure in annual proxy materials will be required concerning the relationship between the executive compensation paid and the financial performance of the issuer.

 

¡  

Companies must now disclose the ratio of the Chief Executive Officer’s annual total compensation to the median annual total compensation of all other employees.

 

¡  

The so-called Volcker Rule prohibits banking entities from engaging in proprietary trading or acquiring or retaining any equity, partnership or other ownership interest in or sponsoring a hedge fund or private equity fund. Nonbank financial companies that so engage in such activities will be subjected to additional capital requirements and limitations on its activities.

¡  

Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act is dedicated to the regulation of derivative transactions, including “swap” transactions. The most significant elements of this title are mandatory clearing requirements and the transfer of most swap transactions from banks to a bank affiliate.

 

¡  

A Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”) is created with jurisdiction to oversee threats to the financial stability of the United States and, in appropriate circumstances, to intervene in various ways. For example, the FSOC may require nonbank financial companies and bank holding companies to submit periodic financial and other reports for the purpose of assessing the extent to which a financial activity or financial market in which the company participates, or the company itself, poses a threat to the financial stability of the United States.

 

¡  

Businesses that package residential mortgage loans into asset-backed securities must retain a certain amount of credit risk of the mortgages they package. There are restrictions on the ability of the packager to hedge the risk retained and disclosure and monitoring requirements with respect to asset quality.

 

¡  

Smaller reporting companies are exempt from complying with the internal control auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Because the implementation of many of these provisions and the other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including those described in the following sections, are still subject to the proposal and/or adoption of final regulations, and because there has not been substantial experience with the application of those regulations that have been promulgated, the full effect of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and its resulting rules and regulations on our operations, financial condition and future plans can not be assessed at this time. For additional discussion of the impact of this 2010 law, see “Factors that May Affect Our Performance—Risks Relating to Our Industry.”

REGULATION OF BOFI HOLDING, INC.

General. BofI is a unitary savings and loan holding company under the Home Owner’s Loan Act (“HOLA”), subject to regulatory oversight by the Fed Board. Prior to July 21, 2011 (the “Transfer Date”), the first anniversary date of the Dodd-Frank Act, BofI was subject to oversight and regulation by the OTS. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act transferred the supervision of savings and loan holding companies and their non-depository subsidiaries under HOLA from the OTS to the Fed Board. As of the Transfer Date, the OTS was abolished. The Dodd-Frank Act further provided that all regulations, guidelines and other advisory materials issued by the OTS on or before the Transfer Date

 

 

16


Table of Contents

with respect to savings and loan holding companies and their non-depository subsidiaries remained enforceable until terminated, superseded or otherwise changed by the Fed Board. Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to future rulemaking that will be promulgated and take effect over the course of the next several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall impact the Dodd-Frank Act will have on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In light of the transfer of supervision from the OTS to the Fed Board, on the Transfer Date the Fed Board published (i) a supervisory letter describing the approach it will use initially in supervising savings and loan holding companies and (ii) a notice requesting comments on its proposal regarding the continuing enforcement of regulations governing savings and loan holding companies previously issued by the OTS. The following is a brief overview of the expected enforcement of OTS regulations by the Fed Board:

 

¡  

In general, the OTS’ regulations for the supervision of holding companies of savings and loan associations will continue to be enforced by the Fed Board, including regulations pertaining to acquisitions of savings associations, permissible activities, prohibited service by certain individuals, and investigative and formal examination proceedings. OTS regulations that reference the regulation of both savings associations and savings and loan holding companies will only be enforced by the Fed Board with respect to savings and loan holding companies.

 

¡  

Leverage capital requirements and risk based capital requirements applicable to depository institutions will be extended to savings and loan holding companies like BofI.

 

¡  

BofI will continue to be required to register and file reports disclosing its financial condition under OTS regulations, but it will now file those reports with the Fed Board rather than the OTS. However, in February 2011 the Fed Board published for comment a proposal to change periodic financial reporting by savings and loan holding companies to be consistent with reporting for bank holding companies and such proposal is still pending. We anticipate that such proposal will be adopted in some form in the foreseeable future.

 

¡  

The Fed Board will have enforcement authority over BofI and any of our subsidiaries to the same extent as the OTS, including the ability to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to Bank of Internet.

 

¡  

The Fed Board has stated that it intends to enforce the substantive provisions of the OTS’ acquisition regulations, including the requirement to file applications and the factors for reviewing such applications.

¡  

The Fed Board has stated that it intends to replace OTS regulations governing the processing of acquisitions and other types of analogous applications submitted by bank holding companies, including filing and notice requirements and hearing procedures, with its own provisions with respect to such matters.

 

¡  

The Fed Board will eliminate the OTS procedures for determining “control” of savings and loan holding companies, including the “rebuttal of control” factors and process, certification of ownership and rebuttal agreement, and instead apply the Fed Board’s change in bank control regulations to savings and loan holding companies. The Fed Board will also substitute its current practices and policies applicable to bank holding companies when reviewing investments in and relationships with savings and loan holding companies, including the Board's policy statement on non-controlling equity investments in banks and bank holding companies. Although the Fed Board has stated that it will not revisit previous determinations by the OTS, it does foresee proposing rules to update and streamline regulations pertaining to control determinations for both bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies.

The Fed Board expects to continue its review of OTS regulations and to consider substantive and procedural amendments. Inasmuch as we cannot predict with certainty the substance of any amendments that may be proposed by the Fed Board, what the final amendments, if any, will contain and when such amendments may become effective, is difficult to predict the overall impact of any such amendments on our business, financial condition and results of operations is also difficult to predict. In the meantime we expect to continue to operate under what are in effect the OTS’ regulations. As used herein, references to Fed Board regulations applicable to savings and loan association holding companies mean, and this discussion assumes the continued applicability of, the OTS’ regulations that survive the Transfer Date as Fed Board regulations.

Activities Restrictions. The primary governing statute for the supervision and regulation of savings and loan holding companies is HOLA, although there are other statutes that expressly apply to both savings and loan holding companies and bank holding companies, such as the Change in Bank Control Act and the Management Interlocks Act. As noted above, the Fed Board intends to issue an interim final rule that will codify the rules that will regulate the permissible activities for savings and loan holding companies. The Fed Board has stated that it intends to conform portions of the OTS’ regulations governing activities of savings and loan holding companies to those found in the Fed Board’s Regulation Y (which among other things limits non-banking activities in which bank holding companies may engage to

 

 

17


Table of Contents

activities “closely related to banking”), although Regulation Y will not per se apply to savings and loan holding companies. We currently engage only in activities that fall within the “closely-related to banking” standard and we expect that any non-banking activities in which we would engage would comply with the restrictions applicable to bank holding companies.

Mergers and Acquisitions. BofI must obtain approval from the Fed Board before acquiring more than 5% of the voting stock of another savings institution or savings and loan holding company or acquiring such an institution or holding company by merger, consolidation or purchase of its assets. In evaluating an application for BofI to acquire control of a savings institution, the Fed Board would consider, among many factors, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of BofI and the target institution, the effect of the proposed acquisition on the risk to the insurance fund backing up federally-insured deposits, the convenience and the needs of the community and the impact of the proposed acquisition on competition. However, the standards for approving proposed mergers and acquisitions and the process for obtaining approval are likely to be subject to further review and modification by the Fed Board. It cannot be determined with certainty at this time what, if any, changes may result from such review and what the effect of any such changes will be on our ability to consummate future mergers and acquisitions that we may choose to undertake.

The Fed Board may not approve any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions; (i) the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies and (ii) the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisition. The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act was signed into law on July 30, 2002 in response to public concerns regarding corporate accountability in connection with certain accounting scandals. The stated goals of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act generally applies to all companies that file or are required to file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including BofI.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act includes very specific additional disclosure requirements and corporate governance rules. It also requires the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosures, corporate governance and related rules and mandates. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems (such as the regulation of the accounting profession) and state corporate law (such as the relationship between a board of directors and management and between a board of directors and its committees). As noted herein, the Dodd-Frank Act imposes additional disclosure and corporate government requirements and represents further federal involvement in matters historically addressed by state corporate law.

REGULATION OF BANK OF INTERNET

General. As a federally-chartered savings and loan association whose deposit accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), Bank of Internet is subject to extensive regulation by the FDIC and, as of the Transfer Date, the OCC. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the examination, regulation and supervision of savings and loan associations, such as Bank of Internet, were transferred from the OTS to the OCC, the federal regulator of national banks under the National Bank Act. On the Transfer Date, the OCC issued a Joint Notice with the FDIC identifying the OTS regulations governing savings and loan associations that the OCC (with respect to federally-chartered savings associations) and the FDIC (with respect to state-chartered savings associations) will enforce beginning on the Transfer Date. The OCC stated that the Joint Notice was not intended to effect any substantive changes. The OCC also stated that it will publish, with a request for comment, an interim final rule republishing the OTS regulations as OCC regulations. Like the Fed Board, the OCC states that it expects to continue its review of the OTS’ regulations and to consider substantive amendments. Inasmuch as we cannot predict with certainty the substance of any amendments proposed by the OCC, what the final amendments, if any, will contain and when such amendments may become effective, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of the transition of supervision from the OTS to the OCC and of any amendments to the OTS’ rules and regulations on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In the meantime, we expect to continue to operate under what are in effect the OTS’ regulations and, as used herein, references to OCC regulations for savings and loan associations mean the OTS’ regulations as of the Transfer Date.

Lending activities and other investments of Bank of Internet must comply with various statutory and regulatory requirements. The Bank is also subject to reserve

 

 

18


Table of Contents

requirements promulgated by the Fed Board. The OCC, together with the FDIC, will continue regular examinations of the Bank and prepare reports for the Bank’s board of directors on any deficiencies found in the operations of the Bank. The relationship between the Bank and its depositors and borrowers is also regulated by federal and state laws, especially in such matters as the ownership of savings accounts and the form and content of mortgage documents utilized by the Bank.

The Bank must file periodic reports with the OCC concerning its activities and financial condition, in addition to obtaining any required regulatory approvals or exemptions prior to entering into specified transactions, such as mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions or raising capital. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC insurance fund and depositors. This regulatory structure also gives applicable regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulations, whether by the OCC, the FDIC or the Fed Board, could have a material adverse effect on the Bank and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The FDIC administers a deposit insurance fund (the “DIF”) that insures depositors in certain types of accounts up to a prescribed amount for the loss of any such depositor’s respective deposits due to the failure of an FDIC member depository institution. As the administrator of the DIF, the FDIC assesses its member depository institutions and determines the appropriate DIF premiums to be paid by each such institution. The FDIC is authorized to examine its member institutions and to require that they file periodic reports of their condition and operations. The FDIC may also prohibit any member institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the DIF. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings associations, after giving the primary federal regulator, now the OCC, the opportunity to take such action. The FDIC may terminate an institution’s access to the DIF if it determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of our access to the DIF.

Bank of Internet is a member depository institution of the FDIC and its deposits are insured by the DIF up to the applicable limits, which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U. S. Government. Effective with the passing of the Dodd-Frank Act, the basic deposit insurance limit was

permanently raised to $250,000, instead of the $100,000 limit previously in effect.

Beginning in late 2008, the economic environment caused higher levels of bank failures, which dramatically increased FDIC resolution costs and led to a significant reduction in the DIF. As a result, the FDIC has significantly increased the initial base assessment rates paid by member institutions for access to the DIF. The base assessment rate was increased by seven basis points (seven cents for every $100 of deposits) for the first quarter of 2009. Effective April 1, 2009, initial base assessment rates were changed to range from 12 basis points to 45 basis points across all risk categories with possible adjustments to these rates based on certain debt-related components. These increases in the base assessment rate have increased our deposit insurance costs and negatively impacted our earnings. In addition, in May 2009, the FDIC imposed a special assessment on all member institutions due to recent bank and savings association failures. The emergency assessment amounted to five basis points on each institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, subject to a maximum equal to 10 basis points times the institution’s assessment base. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

In addition, the FDIC may impose additional emergency special assessments of up to five basis points per quarter on each institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital, if necessary, to maintain public confidence in the DIF or as a result of deterioration in the deposit DIF reserve ratio due to institution failures. Additionally, as an alternative to the special assessments, in September 2009, the FDIC adopted a rule that required member institutions to prepay its estimated quarterly risk-based assessment for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. This new rule did not immediately impact our earnings because the prepayment is being amortized over time. Any additional emergency special assessment imposed by the FDIC will negatively impact our earnings.

Regulatory Capital Requirements and Prompt Corrective Action. The prompt corrective action regulation of the OCC requires mandatory actions and authorizes other discretionary actions to be taken by the OCC against a savings association that falls within undercapitalized capital categories specified in OCC regulations.

Under OCC regulations, an institution is “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0% and a leverage ratio of at least 5.0%, with no written agreement, order, capital directive, prompt corrective action directive or other individual requirement by the OCC to maintain a specific capital measure. An institution is adequately capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0%, a Tier 1

 

 

19


Table of Contents

risk-based capital ratio of at least 4.0% and a leverage ratio of at least 4.0% (or 3.0% if it has a composite rating of “1” and is not experiencing or anticipating significant growth). OCC regulations also establish three categories for institutions with lower ratios: undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. At June 30, 2011, Bank of Internet met the capital requirements of a “well capitalized” institution under applicable OCC regulations.

In general, the prompt corrective action regulation prohibits an FDIC member institution from declaring any dividends, making any other capital distribution, or paying a management fee to a controlling person if, following the distribution or payment, the institution would be within any of the three undercapitalized categories. In addition, adequately capitalized institutions may accept brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC, but are subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions may not accept, renew or roll-over brokered deposits.

If the OCC determines that an institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition, or if the institution is deemed to be engaging in an unsafe and unsound practice, the OCC may, if the institution is well capitalized, reclassify it as adequately capitalized. If the institution is adequately capitalized, but not well capitalized, the OCC may require it to comply with restrictions applicable to undercapitalized institutions. If the institution is undercapitalized, the OCC may require it to comply with restrictions applicable to significantly undercapitalized institutions. Finally, pursuant to an interagency agreement, the FDIC can examine any institution that has a substandard regulatory examination score or is considered undercapitalized without the express permission of the institution’s primary regulator.

Capital regulations applicable to savings associations such as the Bank also require savings associations to meet three additional capital standards:

 

¡  

Tangible capital equal to at least 1.5% of total adjusted assets;

 

¡  

Leverage capital (core capital) equal to 4.0% of total adjusted assets; and

 

¡  

Risk-based capital equal to 8.0% of total risk-weighted assets.

These capital requirements are viewed as minimum standards and most financial institutions are expected to maintain capital levels well above the minimum. In addition, OCC regulations provide that minimum capital levels greater than those provided in the regulations may be established by the OCC for individual savings associations upon a determination that the savings association’s capital is or may become inadequate in view of its circumstances. Bank of

Internet is not subject to any such individual minimum regulatory capital requirement and the Bank’s regulatory capital exceeded all minimum regulatory capital requirements as of June 30, 2011. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Standards for Safety and Soundness. The federal banking regulatory agencies have prescribed, by regulation, guidelines for all insured depository institutions relating to: (i) internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; (ii) loan documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) interest rate risk exposure; (v) asset growth; (vi) asset quality; (vii) earnings; and (viii) compensation, fees and benefits. The guidelines set forth safety and soundness standards that the federal banking regulatory agencies use to identify and address problems at FDIC member institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the OCC determines that the Bank fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the OCC may require us to submit to it an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. OCC regulations establish deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness compliance plans in response to any such determination. We are not aware of any conditions relating to these safety and soundness standards that would require us to submit a plan of compliance to the OCC.

Loans-to-One-Borrower Limitations. Savings associations generally are subject to the lending limits applicable to national banks. With limited exceptions, the maximum amount that a savings association or a national bank may lend to any borrower, including related entities of the borrower, at one time may not exceed 15% of the unimpaired capital and surplus of the institution, plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus for loans fully secured by readily marketable collateral. Savings associations are additionally authorized to make loans to one borrower by order of its regulator, in an amount not to exceed the lesser of $30.0 million or 30% of unimpaired capital and surplus for the purpose of developing residential housing, if the following specified conditions are met:

 

¡  

The purchase price of each single family dwelling in the development does not exceed $500,000;

 

¡  

The savings association is in compliance with its fully phased-in capital requirements;

 

¡  

The loans comply with applicable loan-to-value requirements; and

 

¡  

The aggregate amount of loans made under this authority does not exceed 150% of unimpaired capital and surplus.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. Savings associations must meet a qualified thrift lender, or “QTL,” test. This test may be met either by maintaining a specified level of portfolio assets in

 

 

20


Table of Contents

qualified thrift investments as specified by the HOLA, or by meeting the definition of a “domestic building and loan association” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code”. Qualified thrift investments are primarily residential mortgage loans and related investments, including mortgage related securities. Portfolio assets generally mean total assets less specified liquid assets, goodwill and other intangible assets and the value of property used in the conduct of the Bank’s business. The required percentage of qualified thrift investments under the HOLA is 65% of portfolio assets. An association must be in compliance with the QTL test or the definition of domestic building and loan association on a monthly basis in nine out of every 12 months. Savings associations that fail to meet the QTL test will generally be prohibited from engaging in any activity not permitted for both a national bank and a savings association. At June 30, 2011, the Bank was in compliance with its QTL requirement and met the definition of a domestic building and loan association.

Liquidity Standard. Savings associations are required to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure safe and sound operations. As of June 30, 2011, Bank of Internet was in compliance with the applicable liquidity standard.

Transactions with Related Parties. The authority of the Bank to engage in transactions with “affiliates” (i.e., any company that controls or is under common control with it, including BofI and any non-depository institution subsidiaries) is limited by federal law. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with any individual affiliate is limited to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings institution. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20% of a savings institution’s capital and surplus. Certain transactions with affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type described in federal law. The purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited. Transactions with affiliates must be on terms and under circumstances that are at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. In addition, savings institutions are prohibited from lending to any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies, and no savings institution may purchase the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act generally prohibits loans by public companies to their executive officers and directors. However, there is a specific exception for loans by financial institutions, such as the Bank, to its executive officers and directors that are made in compliance with federal banking laws. Under such laws, our authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors, and 10% or more shareholders

(“insiders”), as well as entities such person’s control is limited. The law limits both the individual and aggregate amount of loans the Bank may make to insiders based, in part, on its capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be followed. Such loans are required to be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and cannot involve more than the normal risk of repayment. There is an exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees.

Capital Distribution Limitations. Regulations applicable to the Bank impose limitations upon all capital distributions by savings associations, like cash dividends, payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in a cash-out merger and other distributions charged against capital. Under these regulations, a savings association may, in circumstances described in those regulations:

 

¡  

Be required to file an application and await approval from the OCC before it makes a capital distribution;

 

¡  

Be required to file a notice 30 days before the capital distribution; or

 

¡  

Be permitted to make the capital distribution without notice or application to the OCC.

Community Reinvestment Act and the Fair Lending Laws. Savings associations have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations of the OCC to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. An institution’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities and the denial of applications. In addition, an institution’s failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in the OCC, other federal regulatory agencies or the Department of Justice, taking enforcement actions against the institution. To the best of our knowledge, Bank of Internet is in full compliance with each of the Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act and we do not anticipate the Bank becoming the subject of any enforcement actions.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Among other benefits, each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. Each FHLB is financed primarily from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. Each

 

 

21


Table of Contents

FHLB makes available loans or advances to its members in compliance with the policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the individual FHLB. As an FHLB member, the Bank is required to own capital stock in a Federal Home Loan Bank in specified amounts based on either its aggregate outstanding principal amount of its residential mortgage loans, home purchase contracts and similar obligations at the beginning of each calendar year or its outstanding advances from the FHLB.

Federal Reserve System. The Fed Board requires all depository institutions to maintain non-interest bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts (primarily checking, NOW, and Super NOW checking accounts) and non-personal time deposits. At June 30, 2011, the Bank was in compliance with these requirements.

Activities of Subsidiaries. A savings association seeking to establish a new subsidiary, acquire control of an existing company or conduct a new activity through a subsidiary must provide 30 days prior notice to the FDIC and the OCC and conduct any activities of the subsidiary in compliance with regulations and orders of the OCC. The OCC has the power to require a savings association to divest any subsidiary or terminate any activity conducted by a subsidiary that the OCC determines to pose a serious threat to the financial safety, soundness or stability of the savings association or to be otherwise inconsistent with sound banking practices.

Consumer Laws and Regulations. The Dodd-Frank Act established the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“BCFP”) in order to regulate any person who offers or provides personal, family or household financial products or services. The BCFP is an independent “watchdog” within the Federal Reserve System to enforce and create “Federal consumer financial laws.” Banks as well as nonbanks are subject to any rule, regulation or guideline created by the BCFP. The only authority the Fed Board has over the BCFP is the authority to delegate examinations regarding compliance with “Federal consumer financial laws.” Except for the power of the Fed Board to reject any rules of the BCFP in extremely limited situations, the BCFP may promulgate any consumer financial rule or guideline, and exempt whomever it wants therefrom. If a court interprets a BCFP regulation or guideline, a court may only consider the BCFP’s interpretation of the rule or guideline. Subject to certain limited exemptions, persons subject to the BCFP include anyone who offers or provides consumer financial products or services, including banks, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage brokers, debt collectors and consumer credit reporting agencies. The apparent goal is to have only one agency in charge of protecting consumers by overseeing the application and implementation of “Federal consumer financial laws,” which includes (i) rules, orders and guidelines of the BCFP, (ii) all consumer financial

protection functions, powers and duties transferred from other federal agencies, such as the Fed Board, the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Trade Commission, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and (iii) a long list of consumer financial protection laws enumerated in the Dodd-Frank Act, such as the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Consumer Leasing Act of 1976, the Alternative Mortgage Transaction Parity Act of 1982, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Truth in Lending Act and the Truth in Savings Act, among many others. The BCFP has broad examination and enforcement authority, including the power to issue subpoenas and cease and desist orders, commence civil actions, hold investigations and hearings and seek civil penalties, as well as the authority to regulate disclosures, mandate registration of any covered person and to regulate what it considers unfair, deceptive, abusive practices.

However, savings associations with $10 billion or less in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer protection laws and regulations by their primary bank regulators. Such laws and regulations and the other consumer protection laws and regulations to which the Bank has been subject have historically mandated certain disclosure requirements and regulated the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits from, making loans to, or engaging in other types of transactions with, such customers. The effect of the BCFP on the development and promulgation of consumer protection rules and guidelines and the enforcement of federal “consumer financial laws” on the Bank, if any, cannot be determined with certainty at this time.

Privacy Standards. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”) modernized the financial services industry by establishing a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms and other financial service providers. The Bank is subject to OCC regulations implementing the privacy protection provisions of the GLBA. These regulations require the Bank to disclose its privacy policy, including informing consumers of its information sharing practices and informing consumers of their rights to opt out of certain practices.

Anti-Money Laundering and Customer Identification. The U.S. government enacted the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 ("USA Patriot Act") on October 26, 2001 in response to the terrorist events of September 11, 2001. The USA Patriot Act gives the federal government broad powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. In February 2010, Congress re-enacted certain expiring provisions of the USA Patriot Act.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—“Factors that May Affect Our Performance.”

 

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our principal executive offices, which also serve as our bank’s main office and branch, are located at 12777 High Bluff Drive, Suite 100, San Diego, California 92130, and our telephone number is (858) 764-6597. This facility occupies a total of approximately 29,094 square feet under a lease that expires October 31, 2012.

 

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We may from time to time become a party to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings, lawsuit or claim.

ITEM 4. RESERVED

 

 

23


Table of Contents

PART II

 

 

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ National Global Market on March 15, 2005 under the symbol “BOFI.” There were 10,475,351 shares of common stock outstanding held by approximately 1,325 registered owners as of August 26, 2011. The following table sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated, the range of high and low sales prices for the common stock of BofI Holding, Inc. for each quarter during the last two fiscal years. Sales prices represent actual sales of which our management has knowledge. The transfer agent and registrar of our common stock is Computershare.

 

    BofI Holding, Inc. Common Stock
Price Per Share
 
Quarter ended:     High         Low    

June 30, 2009

  $ 7.49      $ 5.34   

September 30, 2009

  $ 8.75      $ 6.13   

December 31, 2009

  $ 10.90      $ 8.02   

March 31, 2010

  $ 14.00      $ 9.73   

June 30, 2010

  $ 18.23      $ 14.12   

September 30, 2010

  $ 16.79      $ 11.15   

December 31, 2010

  $ 15.97      $ 11.93   

March 31, 2011

  $ 15.98      $ 14.77   

June 30, 2011

  $ 16.80      $ 13.83   

DIVIDENDS

The holders of record of our Series A preferred stock, which was issued in 2003 and 2004, are entitled to receive annual dividends at the rate of six percent (6%) of the stated value per share, which stated value is $10,000 per share. Dividends on the Series A preferred stock accrue and are payable quarterly. Dividends on the preferred stock must be paid prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any distribution on any outstanding shares of junior stock, including our common stock.

Other than dividends to be paid on our preferred stock, we currently intend to retain any earnings to finance the growth and development of our business. Our board of directors has never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and does not expect to do so in the foreseeable future.Our ability to pay dividends, should our board of directors elect to do so, depends largely upon the ability of the Bank to declare and pay dividends to us. Future dividends will depend primarily upon our earnings, financial condition and need for funds, as well as government policies and regulations applicable to us and our bank that limit the amount that may be paid as dividends without prior approval.

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Stock Repurchases. On June 30, 2005, our board of directors approved a common stock buyback program to purchase up to 5% of BofI outstanding common shares. The buyback program became effective on August 23, 2005 with no termination date. Prior to July 1, 2008, a total of 319,500 shares of BofI were purchased under the June 2005 buyback program. On November 21, 2008 the board of directors approved an expansion of our common stock buyback program to purchase up to an additional 500,000 shares of our 10.2 million outstanding common shares if and when the opportunity arises. The increased authorization was effective immediately with no termination date. The program authorizes BofI to buy back common stock at its discretion, subject to market conditions. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, no additional shares of BofI common stock were purchased under this program.

Net Settlement of Restricted Stock Awards. Effective November 2007, the stockholders of the Company approved an amendment to the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, which among other changes, permitted net settlement of restricted stock awards for purposes of payment of a grantee’s income tax obligation. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, there were 72,933 restricted stock award shares which were retained by the Company and converted to cash at the average rate of $14.18 per share to fund the grantee’s income tax obligations.

 

 

24


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our market repurchases of BofI common stock and the BofI common shares retained in connection with net settlement of restricted stock awards from July 1, 2006 to June 30, 2011:

 

Period   Number
of Shares
Purchased
    Average
Price Paid
Per Shares
    Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publically
Announced Plans or
Programs
   

Maximum Number
of Shares that May

Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans

or Programs

 

Stock Repurchases

       

Beginning Balance at July 1, 2006:

    163,500      $ 8.10        163,500        251,491   

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2007

       

July 1, 2006 to July 31, 2006

                  163,500        251,491   

August 1, 2006 to August 31, 2006

    60,000        7.12        223,500        191,491   

September 1, 2006 to September 30, 2006

    45,500        7.04        269,000        145,991   

October 1, 2006 to November 30, 2006

                  269,000        145,991   

December 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006

    40,000        6.98        309,000        105,991   

January 1, 2007 to April 30, 2007

                  309,000        105,991   

May 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007

    10,500        7.23        319,500        95,491   

June 1, 2007 to June 30, 2007

                  319,500        95,491   

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2008

       

July 1, 2007 to June 30, 2008

                  319,500        95,491   

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2009

       

July 1, 2008 to September 30, 2008

                  319,500        95,491   

October 1, 2008 to October 31, 2008

    5,000        4.76        324,500        90,491   

November 1, 2008 to November 30, 20081

    80,200        3.92        404,700        510,291   

December 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008

    191,000        3.36        595,700        319,291   

January 1, 2009 to June 30, 2009

                  595,700        319,291   

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2010

       

July 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010

                  595,700        319,291   

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2011

       

July 1, 2010 to June 30, 2011

                           

Ending Balance at June 30, 2011

    595,700      $ 5.72                 

Stock Retained in Net Settlement

       

July 1, 2007 to June 30, 2008

    8,777         

July 1, 2008 to June 30, 2009

    18,830         

July 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010

    19,391         

July 1, 2010 to June 30, 2011

    72,933         

Total Treasury Shares at June 30, 2011

    715,631                           

 

1

In November 2008, BofI announced an addition of 500,000 shares to be purchased under its buyback plan, increasing the maximum number to 510,291.

 

SALE OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

In June 2008 the Company commenced a private offering of a newly created series of its preferred stock designated “Series B—8% Cumulative Convertible Nonparticipating Perpetual Preferred Stock” (the “Series B preferred stock”). The Series B preferred stock has a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share over shares of common stock. In the event

of liquidation, the Series B preferred stock ranks pari passu with the Series A preferred stock. The Series B preferred stock is entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 8.0% per annum when and as declared by the Company’s board of directors quarterly in arrears on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year. Each share of Series B

 

 

25


Table of Contents

preferred stock is immediately convertible at the option of the holder into 111 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share common stock, which is equivalent to a conversion price of $9.00 per share of common stock. Under certain circumstances specified in the certificate of designation governing the Series B preferred stock, the Company may require holders of Series B preferred stock to convert their shares into common stock. Generally, the Series B preferred stock has no voting rights and may be redeemed by the Company at a 5% premium starting in June of 2011, a 3% premium starting in June 2012 or a 2% premium any time after June 2013.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, the Company received gross proceeds of $1,040,000 from the

issuance of 1,040 shares of Series B preferred stock at a $1,000 face value, less issuance costs of $23,000. The Company declared dividends to holders of its Series B preferred stock totaling $380,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

During the year ended June 30, 2010, the Company adopted a resolution requiring the holders of the Company’s Series B preferred stock to convert all 4,790 shares of Series B preferred stock into the Company’s common stock in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Designation for the Series B preferred stock. The mandatory conversion of all of the Series B preferred stock was completed and there were no Series B preferred shares outstanding at June 30, 2011.

 

 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The following table provides information regarding the aggregate number of securities to be issued under all of our stock option and equity based compensation plans upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and other rights and their weighted-average exercise prices as of June 30, 2011. There were no securities issued under equity compensation plans not approved by security holders.

 

Plan Category  

(a)

Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options
and units granted

    (b)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options
and units granted
   

(c)

Number of
securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    657,607      $ 10.45        1,012,772   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

                  N/A   

Total

    657,607      $ 10.45        1,012,772   

 

26


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 

    At or for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Selected Balance Sheet Data:

         

Total assets

  $ 1,940,087      $ 1,421,081      $ 1,302,208      $ 1,194,245      $ 947,163   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

    1,325,101        774,899        615,463        631,413        507,906   

Loans held for sale

    20,110        5,511        3,190                 

Allowance for loan losses

    7,419        5,893        4,754        2,710        1,450   

Securities—trading

    5,053        4,402        5,445                 

Securities—available for sale

    145,671        242,430        265,807        209,119        296,068   

Securities—held to maturity

    370,626        320,807        350,898        300,895        61,902   

Total deposits

    1,340,325        968,180        648,524        570,704        547,949   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    130,000        130,000        130,000        130,000        90,000   

Advances from the FHLB

    305,000        182,999        262,984        398,966        227,292   

Junior subordinated debentures and other borrowings

    7,655        5,155        165,155        5,155        5,155   

Total stockholders’ equity

    147,766        129,808        88,939        83,082        72,750   

Selected Income Statement Data:

         

Interest and dividend income

  $ 92,935      $ 85,572      $ 77,778      $ 63,301      $ 44,586   

Interest expense

    34,422        34,953        41,419        45,281        33,738   

Net interest income

    58,513        50,619        36,359        18,020        10,848   

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

    5,800        5,775        4,730        2,226        (25

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    52,713        44,844        31,629        15,794        10,873   

Noninterest income (loss)

    7,993        8,316        (6,687     1,379        1,180   

Noninterest expense

    26,534        17,283        12,894        10,162        6,450   

Income before income tax expense

    34,172        35,877        12,048        7,011        5,603   

Income tax expense

    13,593        14,749        4,906        2,815        2,284   

Net income

  $ 20,579      $ 21,128      $ 7,142      $ 4,196      $ 3,319   

Net income attributable to common stock

  $ 20,270      $ 20,517      $ 6,452      $ 3,884      $ 3,007   

Per Share Data:

         

Net income:

         

Basic

  $ 1.88      $ 2.31      $ 0.78      $ 0.46      $ 0.36   

Diluted

  $ 1.87      $ 2.22      $ 0.77      $ 0.46      $ 0.36   

Book value per common share

  $ 13.67      $ 12.25      $ 9.79      $ 8.95      $ 8.19   

Tangible book value per common share

  $ 13.67      $ 12.25      $ 9.79      $ 8.95      $ 8.19   

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    10,763,571        8,869,453        8,284,938        8,388,172        8,283,098   

Diluted

    10,857,470        9,396,652        8,876,991        8,502,821        8,405,215   

Common shares outstanding at end of period

    10,436,332        10,184,975        8,082,768        8,299,563        8,267,590   

Performance Ratios and Other Data:

         

Loan originations for investment

  $ 608,901      $ 74,702      $ 33,170      $ 64,888      $ 67,449   

Loan originations for sale

    216,868        114,842        83,741        516        7,579   

Loan purchases

    124,784        185,812        57,410        205,067        44,976   

Return on average assets

    1.26     1.56     0.59     0.40     0.41

Return on average common stockholders’ equity

    15.17     21.17     8.79     5.41     4.50

Interest rate spread 1

    3.50     3.64     2.83     1.40     0.98

Net interest margin 2

    3.67     3.83     3.04     1.72     1.36

Efficiency ratio 3

    39.90     29.33     43.46     52.40     53.60

Capital Ratios:

         

Equity to assets at end of period

    7.62     9.13     6.83     6.96     7.68

Tier 1 leverage (core) capital to adjusted tangible assets 4

    7.99     8.79     6.98     7.09     7.90

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 4

    12.41     14.56     11.14     13.95     14.76

Total risk-based capital ratio 4

    13.01     15.25     11.73     14.40     15.05

Tangible capital to tangible assets 4

    7.99     8.79     6.98     7.09     7.90

Asset Quality Ratios:

         

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

    0.45     0.69     0.43     0.18       

Nonperforming loans to total loans

    0.72     1.48     0.45     0.66     0.05

Nonperforming assets to total assets

    0.99     1.01     0.65     0.39       

Allowance for loan losses to total loans held for investment at end of period

    0.56     0.75     0.76     0.43     0.28

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

    77.18     50.35     167.39     65.29     541.04

 

1 

Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

2

Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

3

Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percentage of the aggregate of net interest income and noninterest income.

4

Reflects regulatory capital ratios of Bank of Internet USA only.

 

27


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that are based upon current expectations. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements due to various important factors, including those set forth under “Factors that May Affect Our Performance” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The following discussion and analysis should be read together with the “Selected Financial Data” and consolidated financial statements, including the related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

OVERVIEW

Our company, BofI Holding, Inc., is the holding company for Bank of Internet, a consumer-focused, nationwide savings bank operating primarily over the Internet. The Bank generates retail deposits in all 50 states and originates loans for our customers directly through our websites, including www.bankofinternet.com, www.ufbdirect.com and www.apartmentbank.com. BofI is a unitary savings and loan holding company subject to primary federal regulation by the Fed Board.

Net income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 was $20.6 million compared to $21.1 million and $7.1 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Net income attributable to common stockholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 was $20.3 million, or $1.87 per diluted share compared to $20.5 million, or $2.22 per diluted share and $6.5 million, or $0.77 per diluted share for the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Growth in our interest earning assets, particularly the loan portfolio, was the primary driver of the increase in our net income between fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2011. Net income declined $0.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2011 compared to the year ended June 30, 2010, primarily due to a decrease on net gains of sales of securities which were $2.4 million pretax for fiscal 2011, down from $13.0 million pretax for fiscal 2010. Excluding the impact of realized and unrealized gains and losses associated with our securities portfolio, net income would have been $19.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, $17.6 million and $12.2 million for fiscal years 2010 and 2009, respectively. We categorize net income without the after-tax impact of realized and unrealized securities gain and losses as core earnings which increased 11.93% in fiscal 2011 and 44.26% in fiscal 2010. Gains and losses on investment securities, net of tax are excluded from earnings to provide useful information about the Bank’s operating performance.

Excluded was realized gains, of $2.4 million, $13.0 million, and losses of $5.1 million as of June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and unrealized losses of $0.9 million, $7.1 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

Net interest income for the year ended June 30, 2011 was $58.5 million compared to $50.6 million and $36.4 million for the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase was primarily due to growth in our loan portfolio from fiscal years 2009 through 2011.

Provision for loan losses for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 was $5.8 million, respectively, and $4.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2009. The increase of $1.1 million for fiscal year 2010 is primarily due to higher RV write-offs.

Mortgage banking income was $4.7 million compared to $1.7 million and $1.4 million for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010, and 2009. The increase was a result of higher loan originations for sale of $216.9 million compared to $114.9 and $83.7 million for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Net gains on sales of securities decreased $10.6 million as fewer securities were sold during the year, as a result, non interest income declined to $8.0 million from $8.3 million.

Non interest expense for the years ended June 30, 2011 was $26.5 million compared to $17.3 million and $12.9 for the year ended June 30, 2009, respectively. The increase was primarily due to additional staffing, which rose to 173 full-time equivalents compared to 90 and 57 at June 30, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Total assets were $1,940.1 million at June 30, 2011 compared to $1,421.1 million at June 30, 2010 and $1,302.2 million at June 30, 2009. Assets grew $519.0 million or 36.52% during the last fiscal year primarily due to an increase in the origination of single family and multifamily mortgage loans. These loans were funded with growth in deposits. Assets grew $118.9 million or 9.1% during fiscal 2010 primarily due to the purchase of mortgage-backed securities and mortgage loan pools. These investments were funded with growth in deposits.

Our future performance will depend on many factors, including changes in interest rates, competition for deposits and quality loans, the credit performance of our assets, regulatory actions and our ability to improve operating efficiencies. (See “Factors that May Affect our Performance.”)

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting

 

 

28


Table of Contents

principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make a number of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various factors and circumstances. We believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances. However, actual results may differ significantly from these estimates and assumptions that could have a material effect on the carrying value of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and our results of operations for the reporting periods.

Securities. Currently, we classify securities as either trading, available for sale or held to maturity. Trading securities are those securities for which we have elected fair value accounting. Trading securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings each period. Securities available for sale are reported at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of the related tax effects, excluded from operations and reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. The fair values of securities traded in active markets are obtained from market quotes. If quoted prices in active markets are not available, we determine the fair values by utilizing industry-standard tools to calculate the net present value of the expected cash flows available to the securities from the underlying mortgage assets. To determine the performance of the underlying mortgage loan pools, we consider where appropriate borrower prepayments, defaults, and loss severities based on a number of macroeconomic factors, including housing price changes, unemployment rates, interest rates and borrower attributes such as credit score and loan documentation at the time of origination. We input for each security our projections of monthly default rates, loss severity rates and voluntary prepayment rates for the underlying mortgages for the remaining life of the security to determine the expected cash flows. The projections of default rates are derived by the Company from the historic default rate observed in the pool of loans collateralizing the security, increased by (or decreased by) the forecasted increase or decrease in the national unemployment rate. The projections of loss severity rates are derived by the Company from the historic loss severity rate observed in the pool of loans, increased by (or decreased by) the forecasted decrease or increase in the national home price appreciation (HPA) index. To determine the discount rates used to compute the present value of the expected cash flows for these non-agency MBS securities, we separate the securities by the borrower characteristics in the underlying pool. For example, non-agency RMBS “Prime” securities generally have borrowers with higher FICO scores and better documentation of income. “Alt-A” securities generally have borrowers with lower FICO and less documentation of

income. “Pay-option ARMs” are Alt-A securities with borrowers that tend to pay the least amount of principal (or increase their loan balance through negative amortization). Separate discount rates are calculated for Prime, Alt-A and Pay-option ARM non-agency MBS securities using market-participant assumptions for risk, capital and return on equity.

Securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and recorded at amortized cost. Amortization of purchase premiums and accretion of discounts on securities are recorded as yield adjustments on such securities using the effective interest method. The specific identification method is used for purposes of determining cost in computing realized gains and losses on investment securities sold.

At each reporting date, we monitor our available for sale and held to maturity securities for other-than-temporary impairment. The Company measures its debt securities in an unrealized loss position at the end of the reporting period for other-than-temporary impairment by comparing the present value of the cash flows currently expected to be collected from the security with its amortized cost basis. If the calculated present value is lower than the amortized cost, the difference is the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of its debt securities. The excess of the present value over the fair value of the security (if any) is the noncredit component of the impairment, only if the Company does not intend to sell the security and will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. The credit component of the other-than-temporary-impairment is recorded as a loss in earnings and the noncredit component is recorded as a charge to other comprehensive income, net of the related income tax benefit.

For non-agency RMBS we determine the cash flow expected to be collected and calculate the present value for purposes of testing for other-than-temporary impairment, by utilizing the same industry-standard tool and the same cash flows as those calculated for fair values (discussed above). We compute cash flows based upon the underlying mortgage loan pools and our estimates of prepayments, defaults, and loss severities. We input our projections for the underlying mortgages for the remaining life of the security to determine the expected cash flows. The discount rates used to compute the present value of the expected cash flows for purposes of testing for the credit component of the other-than-temporary impairment are different from those used to calculate fair value and are either the implicit rate calculated in each of our securities at acquisition or the last accounting yield (ASC Topic 325-40-35). We calculate the implicit rate at acquisition based on the contractual terms of the security, considering scheduled payments (and minimum payments in the case of pay-option ARMs) without prepayment assumptions. We use this discount rate in the industry-standard model to calculate the present value of the cash

 

 

29


Table of Contents

flows for purposes of measuring the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of our debt securities.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level estimated to provide for probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. Management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on reviews of individual loans and pools of loans, recent loss experience, current economic conditions, the risk characteristics of the various categories of loans and other pertinent factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective and requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses, which is charged against current period operating results and recoveries of loans previously charged-off. The allowance is decreased by the amount of charge-offs of loans deemed uncollectible.

The allowance for loan loss includes specific and general reserves. Specific reserves are provided for impaired loans considered TDRs. All other impaired loans are written down through charge-offs to their realizable value and no specific or general reserve is provided. A loan is measured for impairment generally two different ways. If the loan is primarily dependent upon the borrower to make payments,

then impairment is calculated by comparing the present value of the expected future payments discounted at the effective loan rate to the carrying value of the loan. If the loan is collateral dependent, the net proceeds from the sale of the collateral is compared to the carrying value of the loan. If the calculated amount is less than the carrying value of the loan, the loan has impairment.

A general reserve is included in the allowance for loan loss and is determined by adding the results of a quantitative and a qualitative analysis to all other loans not measured for impairment at the reporting date. The quantitative analysis determines the Bank’s actual annual historic charge-off rates and applies the average historic rates to the outstanding loan balances in each pool, the product of which is the general reserve amount. The qualitative analysis considers one or more of the following factors: changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in economic conditions, changes in the content of the portfolio, changes in lending management, changes in the volume of delinquency rates, changes to the scope of the loan review system, changes in the underlying collateral of the loans, changes in credit concentrations and any changes in the requirements to the credit loss calculations. A loss rate is estimated and applied to those loans affected by the qualitative factors.

 

 

30


Table of Contents

AVERAGE BALANCES, NET INTEREST INCOME, YIELDS EARNED AND RATES PAID

The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, information regarding (i) average balances; (ii) the total amount of interest income from interest-earning assets and the weighted average yields on such assets; (iii) the total amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the weighted average rates paid on such liabilities; (iv) net interest income; (v) interest rate spread; and (vi) net interest margin:

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
    2011     2010     2009  
       
(Dollars in thousands)   Average
Balance1
         Interest
Income /
Expense
    Average
Yields
Earned /
Rates Paid
    Average
Balance1
         Interest
Income /
Expense
    Average
Yields
Earned /
Rates Paid
    Average
Balance1
         Interest
Income /
Expense
    Average
Yields
Earned /
Rates Paid
 

Assets:

                       

Loans2, 3

  $ 1,013,645        $ 60,508        5.97   $ 670,013        $ 43,697        6.52   $ 635,780        $ 41,782        6.57

Federal funds sold

    8,407          11        0.13     23,529          31        0.13     4,008          34        0.85

Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions

    384                 0.00     232                 0.00     442          15        3.39

Mortgage-backed and other investment securities4

    556,518          32,353        5.81     609,697          41,780        6.85     535,918          35,753        6.67

Stock of the FHLB, at cost

    16,845          63        0.37     18,756          64        0.34     19,036          194        1.02

Total interest-earning assets

    1,595,799          92,935        5.82     1,322,227          85,572        6.47     1,195,184          77,778        6.51

Noninterest-earning assets

    38,741              30,133              24,930         

Total assets

  $ 1,634,540            $ 1,352,360            $ 1,220,114         

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

                       

Interest-bearing demand and savings

  $ 344,964        $ 3,015        0.87   $ 447,305        $ 6,374        1.42   $ 186,309        $ 4,583        2.46

Time deposits

    776,638          19,261        2.48     413,999          14,880        3.59     433,410          19,400        4.48

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    130,000          5,736        4.41     130,000          5,726        4.40     130,000          5,677        4.37

Advances from the FHLB

    226,005          6,263        2.77     199,288          7,725        3.88     333,327          11,385        3.42

Other borrowings

    5,167          147        2.84     44,141          248        0.56     43,679          374        0.86

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    1,482,774          34,422        2.32     1,234,733          34,953        2.83     1,126,725          41,419        3.68

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

    5,813              5,533              4,170         

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities

    7,230              6,362              6,014         

Stockholders’ equity

    138,723              105,732              83,205         

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 1,634,540                  $ 1,352,360                  $ 1,220,114               

Net interest income

      $ 58,513            $ 50,619            $ 36,359     

Interest rate spread5

          3.50           3.64           2.83

Net interest margin6

                        3.67                         3.83                         3.04

 

1

Average balances are obtained from daily data.

2

Loans include loans held for sale, loan premiums and unearned fees.

3

Interest income includes reductions for amortization of loan and investment securities premiums and earnings from accretion of discounts and loan fees. Loan fee income is not significant.

4

Includes $5.5 million of investment securities which are taxed at a reduced rate.

5

Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

6

Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

31


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our results of operations depend on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Our net interest income has increased as a result of the growth in our assets and increases in our net interest margin. Our net interest income is reduced by our estimate of loss provisions for our impaired loans. We also earn non-interest income primarily from mortgage banking activities, prepayment fee income from multifamily borrowers who repay their loans before maturity and from gains on sales of investment securities. Losses on investment

securities reduce non-interest income. The largest component of non-interest expense is salary and benefits, which is a function of the number of personnel, which increased from 90 full time employees at June 30, 2010 to 173 full time equivalent employees at June 30, 2011. We are subject to federal and state income taxes, and our effective tax rates were 39.78%, 41.11% and 40.72% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Other factors that affect our results of operations include expenses relating to occupancy, data processing and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

 

COMPARISON OF THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2011 AND JUNE 30, 2010

Net Interest Income. Net interest income totaled $58.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 compared to $50.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income. Information is provided with respect to (i) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by change in volume) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2011 vs. 2010
Increase (Decrease) Due to
 
(Dollars in thousands)   Volume     Rate     Rate/
Volume
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 

Increase/(decrease) in interest income:

       

Loans

  $ 22,405      $ (3,685   $ (1,909   $ 16,811   

Federal funds sold

    (20                   (20

Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions

                           

Mortgage-backed and other investment securities

    (3,643     (6,341     557        (9,427

Stock of the FHLB, at cost

    (6     6        (1     (1
  $ 18,736      $ (10,020   $ (1,353   $ 7,363   

Increase/(decrease) in interest expense:

       

Interest-bearing demand and savings

  $ (1,455   $ (2,460   $ 556      $ (3,359

Time deposits

    13,019        (4,595     (4,043     4,381   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

           13        (3     10   

Advances from the FHLB

    1,037        (2,212     (287     (1,462

Other borrowings

    (218     1,006        (889     (101
    $ 12,383      $ (8,248   $ (4,666   $ (531

 

Interest Income. Interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 totaled $92.9 million, an increase of $7.3 million, or 8.5%, compared to $85.6 million in interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 primarily due to interest-earning asset growth. Average interest-earning assets for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 increased by $273.6 million compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 due to the origination of multifamily and single family loans which increased $343.6 million during the year ended

June 30, 2011 compared to 2010. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, the growth in average balances contributed additional interest income of $18.7 million, which was offset by the decrease in average rate which resulted in a net $10.0 million decrease in interest income. The average yield earned on our interest-earning assets decreased to 5.82% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, down from 6.47% for the same period in 2010.

 

 

32


Table of Contents

Interest Expense. Interest expense totaled $34.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011; a decrease of $0.6 million, compared to $35.0 million in interest expense during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. Average interest-bearing liabilities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 increased $248.0 million compared to the same period in 2010, due to increased time deposits and higher loan balances from increased lending activities. The average interest-bearing balances of advances from the FHLB increased $26.7 million as we primarily funded our asset growth with customer deposits, where our interest rate exposure is controlled and minimal. The average rate paid on all of our interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 2.32% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 from 2.83% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. The maturity of higher-rate term deposits and the focused growth in time deposits caused the average term deposit rates to decrease to 2.48% in fiscal 2011 from 3.59% in fiscal 2010. These rate changes in fiscal 2011 were accompanied by a decrease in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing demand and savings accounts, which decreased to 0.87% from 1.42% as a result

of declines in market interest rates which also caused our average time deposit rates to decrease by 111 basis points between fiscal 2011 and 2010. During fiscal 2011, we continued to benefit from the low U.S. Treasury interest rates, which reduced our interest rates on deposits and borrowings.

Provision for Loan Losses. Provision for loan losses was $5.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 and $5.8 million for fiscal 2010. The provisions are made to maintain our allowance for loan losses at levels which management believes to be adequate. The assessment of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses is based upon a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including levels and trends of past due and nonaccrual loans, loss history and changes in the volume and mix of loans and collateral values.

See “Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan Loss” for discussion of our allowance for loan loss and the related loss provisions.

 

 

Non-interest Income. The following table sets forth information regarding our non-interest income for the periods shown:

 

    For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
(Dollars in Thousands)   2011     2010  

Realized gain (loss) on securities:

   

Sale of mortgage-backed securities

  $ 2,420      $ 13,037   

Total realized gain on securities

    2,420        13,037   

Unrealized loss on securities:

   

Total impairment losses

    (5,942     (6,910

Loss recognized in other comprehensive loss

    4,401        872   

Net impairment loss recognized in earnings

    (1,541     (6,038

Fair value loss on trading securities

    651        (1,039

Total unrealized loss on securities

    (890     (7,077

Prepayment penalty fee income

    1,073        122   

Mortgage banking income

    4,731        1,694   

Banking service fees and other income

    659        540   

Total non-interest income

  $ 7,993      $ 8,316   

 

Non-interest income totaled $8.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 compared to non-interest income of $8.3 million for fiscal 2010. Realized gains on securities decreased by $10.6 million in fiscal 2011 mainly from the slower selling of mortgage backed securities compared to fiscal 2010. The decrease of $6.2 million in unrealized loss on securities in fiscal 2011 was primarily the result of a decrease of $4.5 million in net Other-Than-Temporary

Impairment (OTTI) loss offset by a fair value improvement of $1.7 million on collateralized debt obligations (CDO’s). Other activity included in total non-interest income is the increase in mortgage banking income in fiscal 2011 over fiscal 2010 of $3.0 million or 179.3%, due to our increased focus on originating single family loans for sale. Increased prepayment penalty income of $1.0 million in fiscal 2011 was generally the result of specialty consumer loans.

 

 

33


Table of Contents

Non-interest Expense. The following table sets forth information regarding our non-interest expense for the periods shown:

 

    For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
(Dollars in thousands)     2011         2010    

Salaries, employee benefits and stock-based compensation

  $ 14,524      $ 7,371   

Professional services

    2,108        1,519   

Occupancy and equipment

    834        419   

Data processing and internet

    983        891   

Advertising and promotional

    1,025        444   

Depreciation and amortization

    618        235   

Real estate owned and repossessed vehicles

    1,554        2,661   

FDIC and OTS regulatory fees

    2,017        1,562   

Other general and administrative

    2,871        2,181   

Total noninterest expenses

  $ 26,534      $ 17,283   

Non-interest expense totaled $26.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, an increase of $9.3 million compared to fiscal 2010. Salaries, employee benefits and stock-based compensation increased $7.2 million in fiscal 2011 due to increased staffing. We grew to 173 employees at June 30,

2011, up from 90 at the end of fiscal 2010, primarily due to growth in our lending businesses.

Professional services, which include accounting and legal fees, increased $0.6 million in fiscal 2011 compared to 2010. The increase in professional services was primarily due to contract underwriters, legal fees on loan collection and foreclosure matters.

Advertising and promotion expense increased $0.6 million, primarily due to increased reliance on third party efforts connected to the single family mortgages and an increase in multifamily advertising. FDIC and OTS regulatory fees increased by $0.5 million in fiscal 2011, primarily due to the growth in deposits. Real estate owned, repossessed RV losses and collection expenses decreased by $1.1 million due to the management and disposition of loan collateral. Other general and administrative costs increased $0.7 million in fiscal 2011 relative to the increase in deposit and loan activity as well as the number of staff.

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $13.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 compared to $14.8 million for fiscal 2010. Our effective tax rates were 39.78% and 41.11% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

 

34


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2009

Net Interest Income. Net interest income totaled $50.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 compared to $36.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009. The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income. Information is provided with respect to (i) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by change in volume) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2010 vs. 2009
Increase (Decrease) Due to
 
(Dollars in thousands)   Volume     Rate     Rate/
Volume
    Total Increase
(Decrease)
 

Increase/(decrease) in interest income:

       

Loans

  $ 2,249      $ (318   $ (16   $ 1,915   

Federal funds sold

    166        (29     (140     (3

Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions

    (7     (15     7        (15

Mortgage-backed and other investment securities

    4,921        965        141        6,027   

Stock of the FHLB, at cost

    (3     (129     2        (130
  $ 7,326      $ 474      $ (6   $ 7,794   

Increase/(decrease) in interest expense:

       

Interest-bearing demand and savings

  $ 6,421      $ (1,938   $ (2,692   $ 1,791   

Time deposits

    (870     (3,857     207        (4,520

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

           39        10        49   

Advances from the FHLB

    (4,584     1,533        (609     (3,660

Other borrowings

    4        (131     1        (126
    $ 971      $ (4,354   $ (3,083   $ (6,466

 

Interest Income. Interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 totaled $85.6 million, an increase of $7.8 million, or 10.0%, compared to $77.8 million in interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 primarily due to interest-earning asset growth. Average interest-earning assets for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 increased by $127.0 million compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 due to the purchase of mortgage-backed and investment securities which increased an average of $73.8 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Also increasing by $34.2 million was the average balance of the loan portfolio, primarily the result of our purchase of pools of multifamily and single family loans. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, the growth in average balances contributed additional interest income of $7.3 million, and the average rate increase resulted in a net $0.5 million increase in interest income. The average yield earned on our interest-earning assets decreased to 6.47% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, down slightly from 6.51% for the same period in 2009.

Interest Expense. Interest expense totaled $35.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 a decrease of $6.4 million, compared to $41.4 million in interest expense during the year ended June 30, 2009. Average interest-bearing balances

for the year ended June 30, 2010 increased $108.0 million compared to the same period in 2009 to fund our increased investments in securities and loans. The average interest- bearing balances of advances from the FHLB decreased $134.0 million because we elected to replace maturing advances with customer deposits. For the year ended June 30, 2010, the growth in the average balance of interest bearing liabilities resulted in additional interest expense of $1.0 million, and decreases in interest rates resulted in a net decrease of $4.4 million in interest expense. The average rate paid on all of our interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 2.83% for the year ended June 30, 2010 from 3.68% for the year ended June 30, 2009. The maturity of higher-rate term deposits caused the average term deposit rates to decrease to 3.59% in fiscal 2010 from 4.48% in fiscal 2009. These rate changes in fiscal 2010 were accompanied by a decrease in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing demand and savings accounts, which decreased to 1.42% from 2.46% as a result of declines in market interest rates. The average rate paid on other borrowings including short-term FRB discount window borrowings decreased to 0.56% in fiscal 2010 from 0.86% in fiscal 2009. During fiscal 2010, we continued to benefit from declines in U.S. Treasury interest rates which reduced our interest rates on deposits and borrowings.

 

 

35


Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses. Provision for loan losses was $5.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2010 and $4.7 million for fiscal 2009. The provisions were made to maintain our allowance for loan losses at levels which management believed to be adequate. The assessment of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses is based upon a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including levels and trends of past due and nonaccrual loans, loss history and changes in the volume and mix of loans and collateral values.

See “Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan Loss” for discussion of our allowance for loan loss and the related loss provisions.

Noninterest Income. The following table sets forth information regarding our noninterest income for the periods shown:

 

    For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
(Dollars in thousands)     2010         2009    

Realized gain (loss) on securities:

   

Sale of FNMA preferred stock

  $      $ (7,902

Sale of mortgage-backed securities

    13,037        2,816   

Total realized gain on securities

    13,037        (5,086

Unrealized loss on securities:

   

Total impairment losses

    (6,910     (13,831

Loss recognized in other comprehensive loss

    872        12,377   

Net impairment loss recognized in earnings

    (6,038     (1,454

Fair value loss on trading securities

    (1,039     (2,055

Total unrealized loss on securities

    (7,077     (3,509

Prepayment penalty fee income

    122        64   

Mortgage banking income

    1,694        1,381   

Banking service fees and other income

    540        463   

Total non-interest income

  $ 8,316      $ (6,687

Non-interest income totaled $8.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 compared to a loss of $6.7 million for the same period in 2009. Realized gains on securities increased by $18.1 million in fiscal 2010 mainly from the sale of mortgage backed securities. Additionally, in fiscal 2009 we realized a one-time loss of $7.9 million from the sale of our Fannie Mae preferred stock. The increase of $3.6 million in unrealized loss on securities in fiscal 2010 was the result of a increase of $4.6 million in net Other-Than-Temporary Impairment (OTTI) loss offset by a lower fair value adjustment of $1.0 million on collateralized debt obligations (CDO’s). Other activity included in total non-interest income is the increase in mortgage banking

income of $313,000 due to our increased focus on originating single family loans for sale. Increased prepayment penalty income of $58,000 in fiscal 2010 was generally the result of the increase in volume of multifamily loans that refinanced.

Non-interest Expense. The following table sets forth information regarding our non-interest expense for the periods shown:

 

    For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
(Dollars in thousands)     2010         2009    

Salaries, employee benefits and stock-based compensation

  $ 7,371      $ 5,579   

Professional services

    1,519        1,419   

Occupancy and equipment

    419        442   

Data processing and internet

    891        796   

Advertising and promotional

    444        560   

Depreciation and amortization

    235        171   

Real estate owned and repossessed vehicles

    2,661        667   

FDIC and OTS regulatory fees

    1,562        1,658   

Other general and administrative

    2,181        1,602   

Total noninterest expenses

  $ 17,283      $ 12,894   

Non-interest expense or operating expenses totaled $17.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, an increase of $4.4 million compared to fiscal 2009. The increase in operating expense for the fiscal 2010 was 45.4% attributable to the growth in cost associated with managing and selling real estate owned and repossessed vehicles and was 40.8% attributable to growth in staffing, primarily loan production groups.

Salaries, employee benefits and stock-based compensation increased $1.8 million in fiscal 2010 generally due to increased staff. We grew to 90 employees at June 30, 2010, up from 57 at the end of fiscal 2009 due to growth in our lending businesses. Multifamily and single-family lending added 15 employees, primarily direct sales employees, during fiscal 2010.

Professional services, which include accounting and legal fees, increased $100,000 in fiscal 2010 compared to 2009. The increase in professional services was primarily due to contract underwriters used in connection with loan pool purchases, set-up of first mortgage and multifamily loan products and legal fees on loan collection and foreclosure matters.

Data processing and Internet expenses increased $95,000 in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 due to increases in service bureau charges associated with new deposit and loan customers. Advertising and promotion expense decreased $116,000, primarily due to decreased reliance on third party efforts.

 

 

36


Table of Contents

Real estate owned, repossessed RV losses and collection expenses increased by $2.0 million due increased foreclosures and repossession activity. The increase includes maintenance, repairs, property taxes and management fees for other real estate owned as well as any additional write-downs to facilitate sales.

FDIC and OTS regulatory fees decreased by $96,000 in total, as the FDIC did not repeat their special assessment charged at the quarter ended June 30, 2009. Excluding the impact of the one-time special assessment charged last year, fees would have increased $514,000 due to higher average deposit balances and higher assessment rates.

Other general and administrative costs increased $579,000 in fiscal 2010 generally due to increased costs associated with more loan and deposit customers as well as increased staff.

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $14.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 compared to $4.9 million for fiscal 2009. Our effective tax rates were 41.11% and 40.72% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate is primarily the result of higher taxable income which moved the federal income tax rate from 34% to 35% in fiscal 2010.

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT JUNE 30, 2011 AND JUNE 30, 2010

Total assets increased by $519.0 million, or 36.5%, to $1,940.1 million at June 30, 2011 from $1,421.1 million at June 30, 2010. The loan portfolio increased a net $550.2 million, primarily from loan originations of $608.9 million and loan pool purchases of $124.8 million, less repayments of $163.3 million. Investment securities decreased by $46.3 million, primarily due to $323.6 million in maturities, calls and principal repayments and $16.5 million in sales, partially offset by $284.0 million in purchases. Total liabilities increased by $501.0 million, or 38.8%, to $1,792.3 million at June 30, 2011 from $1,291.3 million at June 30, 2010. The increase in total liabilities resulted primarily from the growth in time deposits of $447.3 million and an increase in short-term borrowings from the FHLB of $122.0 million.

Stockholders’ equity increased by $18.0 million, or 13.9%, to $147.8 million at June 30, 2011 from $129.8 million at June 30, 2010. The increase was primarily the result of $20.6 million in net income, stock compensation items of $2.7 million partially offset by a decrease in comprehensive income of $5.0 million.

 

 

37


Table of Contents

ASSET QUALITY AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSS

Nonperforming loans and foreclosed assets or “nonperforming assets” consisted of the following:

 

    June 30,  
(Dollars in thousands)   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Nonperforming assets:

         

Non-accrual loans:

         

Loans secured by real estate:

         

Single family

  $ 6,586      $ 5,841      $ 1,502      $ 1,793      $ 221   

Home equity loans

    157        87        9                 

Multifamily

    2,744        4,675        1,171                 

Commercial

                         2,358          

Total nonaccrual loans secured by real estate

    9,487        10,603        2,682        4,151        221   

RV / Auto

    125        1,084        158               7   

Other

           16                        

Total nonperforming loans

    9,612        11,703        2,840        4,151        228   

Foreclosed real estate

    7,678        2,354        5,334        219          

Repossessed—vehicles

    1,926        347        317        262          

Total nonperforming assets

  $ 19,216      $ 14,404      $ 8,491      $ 4,632      $ 228   

Total nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans

    0.72     1.48     0.45     0.66     0.05

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets

    0.99     1.01     0.65     0.39     0.02

 

Our nonperforming assets increased $4.8 million to $19.2 million or 0.99% of assets at June 30, 2011 compared to $14.4 million or 1.01% of assets at June 30, 2010. The increase in nonperforming assets during fiscal 2011 was composed of a decrease in nonperforming loans of $2.1 million, offset by an increase in foreclosed real estate and repossessed vehicles of $6.9 million.

The decrease in nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans is the result of improved credit quality of the Bank’s loan originations and through the liquidation of the Bank’s backlog of delinquent loans through REO sales or short sales. Approximately 12.44% of our non-performing loans at June 30, 2011 were considered TDRs, compared to 26.60% at June 30, 2010. Borrowers making timely payments after a troubled debt restructuring are considered nonperforming for at least six months. Generally, after six months of timely payments, troubled debt restructured loans are reclassified from the nonperforming loan category to performing and any previously deferred interest income is recognized. Approximately 68.5% of the Bank’s nonperforming loans are single family first mortgages already written down in aggregate to 58.6% of the original appraisal value of the underlying properties. Generally, these loans have experienced longer delays completing the foreclosure process due to the deficient servicing practices of one of our seller servicers. We are considering legal options to acquire the servicing in an effort to accelerate the resolution of these loans and to reduce non-performing loan levels.

At June 30, 2011 our $6.6 million in single family nonperforming loans represented 22 loans in 12 states ranging in amounts from $26,000 to $796,000. At June 30, 2010 our $5.8 million in single family nonperforming loans represented 21 loans in ten states ranging in amounts from $35,000 to $630,000. The Bank has already taken impairment charge-offs of $1.06 million (included in 2011 and 2010 charge-offs) on the nonperforming single family loans at June 30, 2011. At June 30, 2011 the $2.7 million of nonperforming multifamily loans represents six loans in five states, with impairment charge-offs taken in the amount of $142,684. The nonperforming home equity amount of $157,000 represents seven loans at June 30, 2011.

Foreclosed real estate of $7.7 million at June 30, 2011 represents five single family homes and four multifamily properties. At June 30, 2010, foreclosed real estate of $2.4 million represented seven single family homes, one multifamily property and one commercial property. All foreclosed real estate is shown at the lower of cost or fair value. The $125,000 in nonperforming RV/automobile loans represents four RVs ranging in amounts from $12,930 to $53,007 at June 30, 2011. Repossessed vehicles of $1.9 million includes 75 RVs with fair values ranging in amounts from $1,000 to $213,000 at June 30, 2011, compared to $347,000 representing ten loans ranging in amounts from $5,000 to $127,000 at June 30, 2010.

Impaired loans are generally adjusted through charge-offs against the allowance for loan loss, for the year ended

 

 

38


Table of Contents

June 30, 2011 and 2010, an additional allowance of $30,000 and $9,000 was allocated for non-performing loans in the allowance for loan loss.

In addition to the loans disclosed above, at June 30, 2011, we had $1.2 million of potential problem loans with doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms.

Declines in residential housing values and increases in unemployment experienced over the last three years have begun to stabilize, although whether such stabilization is merely temporary cannot be foreseen. We have experienced growth in our nonperforming loans over the last three years, however, we believe that the write-downs taken as of June 30, 2011 on our non-performing loans and the low average LTVs on the balance of our real estate loans in our portfolio make our future risk of loss better than other banks with significant exposure to real estate loans. If average nationwide residential housing values continue to decline or if nationwide unemployment continues to increase, we are likely to experience growth in the level of our nonperforming loans and foreclosed and repossessed vehicles in future periods.

Allowance for Loan Losses. We maintain an allowance for loan losses in an amount that we believe is sufficient to provide adequate protection against probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio. We evaluate quarterly the adequacy of the allowance based upon reviews of individual loans, recent loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of the various categories of loans and other pertinent factors. The evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses, which is charged against current period operating results. The allowance is decreased by the amount of charge-offs of loans deemed uncollectible and increased by recoveries of loans previously charged off.

The allowance for loan loss includes specific and general reserves. Specific reserves are provided for impaired loans considered TDRs. All other impaired loans are written down through charge-offs to their realizable value and no specific or general reserve is provided. A loan is measured for impairment generally two different ways. If the loan is primarily dependent upon the borrower to make payments, then impairment is calculated by comparing the present value of the expected future payments discounted at the effective loan rate to the carrying value of the loan. If the loan is collateral dependent, the net proceeds from the sale of the collateral is compared to the carrying value of the loan. If the calculated amount is less than the carrying value of the loan, the loan has impairment.

A general reserve is included in the allowance for loan loss and is determined by adding the results of a quantitative and a qualitative analysis to all other loans not measured for impairment at the reporting date. The quantitative analysis determines the Bank’s actual annual historic charge-off rates and applies the average historic rates to the outstanding loan balances in each pool, the product of which is the general reserve amount. The qualitative analysis considers one or more of the following factors: changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in economic conditions, changes in the content of the portfolio, changes in lending management, changes in the volume of delinquency rates, changes to the scope of the loan review system, changes in the underlying collateral of the loans, changes in credit concentrations and any changes in the requirements to the credit loss calculations. A loss rate is estimated and applied to those loans affected by the qualitative factors.

The assessment of the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for loan losses is based upon a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including levels and trends of past due and nonaccrual loans, change in volume and mix of loans, collateral values and charge-off history.

The Company provides general loan loss reserves for its RV and auto loans based upon the borrower credit score at the time of origination and our loss experience to date. The allowance for loan loss for the RV and auto loan portfolio at June 30, 2011 was determined by classifying each outstanding loan according to the original FICO score and providing loss rates. The Company has $27,875,000 of RV and auto loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: greater than or equal to 770: $6,777,000; 715 – 769: $8,929,000; 700 – 714: $2,181,000; 660 – 699: $5,332,000 and less than 660: $4,656,000.

The Company provides general loan loss reserves for mortgage loans based upon the size and class of the mortgage loan and the origination date LTV. The allowance for each class is determined by dividing the outstanding unpaid balance for each loan by the LTV and applying the applicable loss rate. At June 30, 2011, the LTV groupings for each significant mortgage class were as follows:

The Company had $511,513,000 of single family mortgage portfolio loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: less than or equal to 60%: $349,579,000; 61% – 70%: $119,341,000; 71% – 80%: $39,959,000; and greater than 80%: $2,634,000.

The Company had $644,308,000 of multifamily mortgage portfolio loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: less than or equal to 55%: $294,667,000; 56% – 65%: $208,238,000; 66% – 75%: $117,606,000; 76% – 80%: $19,662,000 and greater than 80%: $4,135,000.

 

 

39


Table of Contents

During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the Company divided the LTV analysis into two classes, separating the purchased loans from the loans underwritten directly by the Company. Based on historical performance, the Company concluded that multifamily loans originated by the Bank require lower estimated loss rates.

The Company had $36,237,000 of commercial real estate loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: less than or equal to 50%: $20,626,000; 51% – 60%: $10,124,000; 61% – 70%: $4,566,000; and 71% – 80%: $921,000.

We believe the weighted average LTV percentage at June 30, 2011 of 53.79% for our entire real estate loan portfolio is lower and more conservative than most banks which has resulted, and is expected to continue to result in the future, in lower average mortgage loan charge-offs when compared to many other comparable banks.

 

 

The following table sets forth the changes in our allowance for loan losses, by portfolio class, from July 1, 2006 through June 30, 2011:

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Single
Family
    Home
Equity
    Multi-
family
    Commercial
Real Estate
and Land
    RV /
Auto
    Other     Total     Total Allowance
as a % of Total
Loans
 

Balance at July 1, 2005

  $ 143      $      $ 1,215      $ 57      $      $      $ 1,415        0.29

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

    81        1        (19     (3                   60     

Balance at June 30, 2006

    224        1        1,196        54                      1,475        0.28

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

    32        65        (346     (5     223        6        (25  

Balance at June 30, 2007

    256        66        850        49        223        6        1,450        0.28

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

    777        120        393        156        772        8        2,226     

Charge-offs, net

    (428            (100            (432     (6     (966  

Balance at June 30, 2008

    605        186        1,143        205        563        8        2,710        0.43

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

    1,172        296        687        (26     2,575        26        4,730     

Charge-offs, net

    (664     (202     (150            (1,663     (7     (2,686  

Balance at June 30, 2009

    1,113        280        1,680        179        1,475        27        4,754        0.76

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

    1,868        146        717        34        3,002        8        5,775     

Charge-offs, net

    (1,260     (221     (537            (2,618            (4,636  

Balance at June 30, 2010

    1,721        205        1,860        213        1,859        35        5,893        0.75

Provision (benefit) for loan losses

    1,688        40        1,179        (46     2,897        42        5,800     

Charge-offs, net

    (1,132     (87     (713            (2,315     (27     (4,274  

Balance at June 30, 2011

  $ 2,277      $ 158      $ 2,326      $ 167      $ 2,441      $ 50      $ 7,419        0.56

 

At June 30, 2011, the entire allowance for loan loss for each portfolio class was calculated as a contingent impairment (ASC 450, Contingencies for Gain and Loss). When specific loan impairment analysis is performed under ASC 310-10,

the impairment is either recorded as a charge-off to the loan loss allowance or, if such loan is a TDR, the impairment is recorded as a specific loan loss allowance.

 

 

40


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our allowance for loan losses allocated by portfolio class at each of the dates indicated:

 

    At June 30,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount of
Allowance
    Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans
    Amount
of
Allowance
    Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans
    Amount
of
Allowance
    Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans
    Amount
of
Allowance
    Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans
    Amount
of
Allowance
    Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans
 

Single family

  $ 2,277        30.69   $ 1,721        29.20   $ 1,113        23.41   $ 605        22.32   $ 256        17.66

Home equity

    158        2.13     205        3.48     280        5.89     186        6.86     66        4.55

Multifamily

    2,326        31.35     1,860        31.56     1,680        35.34     1,143        42.19     850        58.62

Commercial real estate and land

    167        2.25     213        3.62     179        3.76     205        7.56     49        3.38

Consumer—RV

    2,441        32.90     1,859        31.55     1,475        31.03     563        20.77     223        15.38

Other

    50        0.68     35        0.59     27        0.57     8        0.30     6        0.41

Total

  $ 7,419        100.00   $ 5,893        100.00   $ 4,754        100.00   $ 2,710        100.00   $ 1,450        100.00

 

Our Bank’s allowance for loan loss increased $1.5 million or 25.4% from June 30, 2010 to June 30, 2011. As a percent of the outstanding loan balance our Bank’s loan loss allowance was 0.56% at June 30, 2011 and 0.75% at June 30, 2010. Provisions for loan loss were $5.8 million for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. The Bank’s loan loss provisions for fiscal 2011 compared to 2010 were favorably impacted by lower charge-offs and unfavorably impacted by loan portfolio growth resulting in no significant change.

Charge-offs for fiscal 2011 for the RV portfolio and for the single family portfolio decreased $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The Bank stopped making RV loans in January 2009 and the balance of outstanding RV loans declined $9.4 million, or 30.9% during this fiscal year. As a result of the management and disposition of collateral the RV/Auto loan loss allowance as percent of outstanding loan balance increased from 4.67% at June 30, 2010 to 8.03% at June 30, 2011.

Between June 30, 2010 and 2011, the Bank’s total allowance for loan loss as a percent of the loan portfolio decreased due changes in the portfolio mix and that the majority of the Bank’s loss experience has come from our RV portfolio, which declined from 5.0% of total loans at June 30, 2010 to 2.3% at June 30, 2011. The decrease in the RV loan balance as a percent of the total loan portfolio caused the overall allowance percent to decline. In addition, appraised valuations on newly originated loans in fiscal 2011 already reflect significant price declines in all regions when compared to the valuation high points over the last three years which we believe make the recently added LTVs more conservative.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity. Our sources of liquidity include deposits, borrowings, payments and maturities of outstanding loans,

sales of loans, maturities or gains on sales of investment securities and other short-term investments. While scheduled loan payments and maturing investment securities and short-term investments are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. We generally invest excess funds in overnight deposits and other short-term interest-earning assets. We use cash generated through retail deposits, our largest funding source, to offset the cash utilized in lending and investing activities. Our short-term interest-earning investment securities are also used to provide liquidity for lending and other operational requirements. As an additional source of funds, we have three credit agreements. Bank of Internet can borrow up to 40% of its total assets from the FHLB. Borrowings are collateralized by pledging certain mortgage loans and investment securities to the FHLB. Based on loans and securities pledged at June 30, 2011, we had a total borrowing availability of approximately $695.6 million, of which $305.0 million was outstanding with $139.7 million available immediately and $250.9 million available with additional collateral. The Bank can also borrow from the discount window at the FRB. FRB borrowings are collateralized by consumer loans and mortgage-backed securities pledged to the FRB. Based on loans and securities pledged at June 30, 2011, we had a total borrowing capacity of approximately $112.5 million, all of which was available for use. At June 30, 2011, we also had $20.0 million in unsecured fed funds purchase lines with two major banks under which $2.5 million in borrowings were outstanding.

In the past, we have used long-term borrowings to fund our loans and to minimize our interest rate risk. Our future borrowings will depend on the growth of our lending operations and our exposure to interest rate risk. We expect to continue to use deposits and advances from the FHLB as the primary sources of funding our future asset growth.

 

 

 

41


Table of Contents

On December 16, 2004, we completed a transaction in which we formed a trust and issued $5.0 million of trust-preferred securities. The net proceeds from the offering were used to purchase approximately $5.2 million of junior subordinated debentures of our company with a stated maturity date of February 23, 2035. The debentures are the sole assets of the trust. The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. We have the right to redeem the debentures in whole (but not in part) on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indenture plus any accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date. Interest accrues at the rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.4%, which was 2.66% at June 30, 2011, with interest paid quarterly starting in February 2005. We entered into this transaction to provide additional regulatory capital to our bank to support its growth.

In November 2009, we filed a shelf registration with the SEC which allows us to raise capital up to $125.0 million through the sale of debt securities, common or preferred stock and warrants. In April 2010, we issued 1.2 million

shares of common stock under the shelf registration for net proceeds of $15.1 million.

Contractual Obligations. At June 30, 2011, we had commitments to originate loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $64.8 million, commitments to sell loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance at the time of sale of $54.3 million, and no commitments to purchase loans or investment securities. Time deposits due within one year of June 30, 2011 totaled $568.8 million. If these maturing deposits do not remain with us, we may be required to seek other sources of funds, including other time deposits and borrowings. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on deposits and borrowings than we currently pay on time deposits maturing within one year. We believe, however, based on past experience, that a significant portion of our time deposits will remain with us. We believe we have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting interest rates offered.

The following table presents our contractual obligations for long-term debt and operating leases as of June 30, 2011 by payment date:

 

 

           Payments Due by Period  
(Dollars in thousands)   Total     Less than
One Year
    One to
Three Years
    Three to
Five Years
    More than
Five Years
 

Long-term debt obligations1

  $ 1,478,184      $ 721,414      $ 406,685      $ 165,201      $ 184,884   

Operating lease obligations2

    1,127        841        286                 

Total

  $ 1,479,311      $ 722,255      $ 406,971      $ 165,201      $ 184,884   

 

1 Long-term debt includes time deposits, advances from the FHLB and borrowings under repurchase agreements. The payment amount represents principal and interest due to recipient.
2 Payments are for the lease of real property.

 

Capital Requirements. Bank of Internet is subject to various regulatory capital requirements set by the federal banking agencies. Failure by our bank to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, our bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation require our bank to maintain certain minimum capital amounts and ratios. Our federal regulators require our bank to maintain

minimum ratios of tangible capital to tangible assets of 1.5%, core capital to tangible assets of 4.0% and total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. At June 30, 2011, our bank met all the capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

At June 30, 2011, our bank was “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be well capitalized, our bank must maintain minimum leverage, Tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios of at least 5.0%, 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. No conditions or events have occurred between that date and the date of this annual report on form 10-K that management believes would change the bank’s capital levels. To maintain its status as a well capitalized financial institution under applicable regulations and to support additional growth, we will need to raise additional capital to support our bank’s further growth and to maintain its well capitalized status.

 

 

42


Table of Contents

Bank of Internet’s capital amounts, ratios and requirements at June 30, 2011 were as follows:

 

    Actual    

For Capital
Adequacy

Purposes

   

To be “Well
Capitalized”

Under Prompt
Corrective

Action Regulations

 
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  

Tier 1 leverage (core) capital:

           

Amount and ratio to adjusted tangible assets

  $ 155,327        7.99   $ 77,757        4.00   $ 97,197        5.00

Tier 1 capital:

           

Amount and ratio to risk-weighted assets

  $ 155,327        12.41     N/A        N/A      $ 75,084        6.00

Total capital:

           

Amount and ratio to risk-weighted assets

  $ 162,746        13.01   $ 100,112        8.00   $ 125,141        10.00

Tangible capital:

           

Amount and ratio to tangible assets

  $ 155,327        7.99   $ 29,159        1.50     N/A        N/A   

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is defined as the sensitivity of income and capital to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and other relevant market rates or prices. The primary market risk to which we are exposed is interest rate risk. Changes in interest rates can have a variety of effects on our business. In particular, changes in interest rates affect our net interest income, net interest margin, net income, the value of our securities portfolio, the volume of loans originated, and the amount of gain or loss on the sale of our loans.

We are exposed to different types of interest rate risk. These risks include lag, repricing, basis, prepayment and lifetime cap risk, each of which is described in further detail below:

Lag/Repricing Risk. Lag risk results from the inherent timing difference between the repricing of our adjustable rate assets and our liabilities. Repricing risk is caused by the mismatch of repricing methods between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Lag/repricing risk can produce short-term volatility in our net interest income during periods of interest rate movements even though the effect of this lag generally balances out over time. One example of lag risk is the repricing of assets indexed to the monthly treasury average, or the MTA. The MTA index is based on a moving average of rates outstanding during the previous 12 months. A sharp movement in interest rates in a month will not be fully reflected in the index for 12 months resulting in a lag in the repricing of our loans and securities based on this index. We expect more of our interest-earning liabilities will mature or reprice within one year than will our interest-bearing assets, resulting in a one year negative interest rate sensitivity gap (the difference between our interest rate sensitive assets maturing or repricing within one year and

our interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing within one year, expressed as a percentage of total interest-earning assets). In a rising interest rate environment, an institution with a positive gap would generally be expected, absent the effects of other factors, to experience a greater increase in its yield on assets relative to its cost on liabilities, and thus an increase in its net interest income.

Basis Risk. Basis risk occurs when assets and liabilities have similar repricing timing but repricing is based on different market interest rate indices. Our adjustable rate loans that reprice are directly tied to indices based upon U.S. Treasury rates, LIBOR, Eleventh District Cost of Funds and the Prime rate. Our deposit rates are not directly tied to these same indices. Therefore, if deposit interest rates rise faster than the adjustable rate loan indices and there are no other changes in our asset/liability mix, our net interest income will likely decline due to basis risk.

Prepayment Risk. Prepayment risk results from the right of customers to pay their loans prior to maturity. Generally, loan prepayments increase in falling interest rate environments and decrease in rising interest rate environments. In addition, prepayment risk results from the right of customers to withdraw their time deposits before maturity. Generally, early withdrawals of time deposits increase during rising interest rate environments and decrease in falling interest rate environments. When estimating the future performance of our assets and liabilities, we make assumptions as to when and how much of our loans and deposits will be prepaid. If the assumptions prove to be incorrect, the asset or liability may perform differently than expected. In the last three fiscal years, the bank has experienced high rates of loan prepayments due to historically low interest rates and a low LTV loan portfolio.

 

 

43


Table of Contents

Lifetime Cap Risk. Our adjustable rate loans have lifetime interest rate caps. In periods of rising interest rates, it is possible for the fully indexed interest rate (index rate plus the margin) to exceed the lifetime interest rate cap. This feature prevents the loan from repricing to a level that exceeds the cap’s specified interest rate, thus adversely affecting net interest income in periods of relatively high interest rates. On a weighted average basis, our adjustable rate single family loans at June 30, 2011 had lifetime rate caps that were 632 basis points greater than the note rates at June 30, 2010. If market rates rise by more than the interest rate cap, we will not be able to increase these loan rates above the interest rate cap.

The principal objective of our asset/liability management is to manage the sensitivity of Market Value of Equity (MVE) to changing interest rates. Asset/liability management is governed by policies reviewed and approved annually by our board of directors. Our board of directors has delegated the responsibility to oversee the administration of these policies to the asset/liability committee, or “ALCO”. The interest rate risk strategy currently deployed by ALCO is to primarily use “natural” balance sheet hedging. ALCO fine tunes the overall MVE sensitivity by recommending investment and borrowing strategies. The management team then executes the recommended strategy by increasing or decreasing the duration of the investments and borrowings, resulting in the appropriate level of market risk the board wants to maintain. Other examples of ALCO policies designed to reduce our

interest rate risk include limiting the premiums paid to purchase mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities. This policy addresses mortgage prepayment risk by capping the yield loss from an unexpected high level of mortgage loan prepayments. At least once a quarter, ALCO members report to our board of directors the status of our interest rate risk profile.

We measure interest rate sensitivity as the difference between amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that mature within a given period of time. The difference, or the interest rate sensitivity gap, provides an indication of the extent to which an institution’s interest rate spread will be affected by changes in interest rates. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities and negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. In a rising interest rate environment, an institution with a positive gap would be in a better position than an institution with a negative gap to invest in higher yielding assets or to have its asset yields adjusted upward, which would result in the yield on its assets to increase at a faster pace than the cost of its interest-bearing liabilities.

During a period of falling interest rates, however, an institution with a positive gap would tend to have its assets mature at a faster rate than one with a negative gap, which would tend to reduce the growth in its net interest income.

 

 

44


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities at June 30, 2011:

 

    Term to Repricing, Repayment, or Maturity at
June 30, 2011
 
(Dollars in thousands)  

One Year

or Less

    Over One
Year
through
Five Years
    Over Five
Years
    Total  

Interest-earning assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9,052      $      $      $ 9,052   

Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions

                           

Mortgage-backed and other investment securities1

    304,595        45,111        171,644        521,350   

Stock of the FHLB, at cost

    15,463                      15,463   

Loans, net of allowance for loan loss2

    370,711        505,035        449,355        1,325,101   

Loans held for sale

    20,110                      20,110   

Total interest-earning assets

    719,931        550,146        620,999        1,891,076   

Noninterest-earning assets

                         49,011   

Total assets

  $ 719,931      $ 550,146      $ 620,999      $ 1,940,087   

Interest-bearing liabilities:

       

Interest-bearing deposits3

  $ 914,004      $ 321,820      $ 97,132      $ 1,332,956   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase4

    10,000        85,000        35,000        130,000   

Advances from the FHLB

    138,000        127,000        40,000        305,000   

Other borrowings

    7,655                      7,655   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    1,069,659        533,820        172,132        1,775,611   

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities

                         16,710   

Stockholders’ equity

                         147,766   

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 1,069,659      $ 533,820      $ 172,132      $ 1,940,087   

Net interest rate sensitivity gap

  $ (349,728   $ 16,326      $ 448,867      $ 115,465   

Cumulative gap

  $ (349,728   $ (333,402   $ 115,465      $ 115,465   

Net interest rate sensitivity gap—as a % of interest-earning assets

    -48.58     2.97     72.28     6.11

Cumulative gap—as a % of cumulative interest-earning assets

    -48.58     -26.25     6.11     6.11

 

1 Comprised of U.S. government securities and mortgage-backed securities which are classified as held to maturity and available for sale. The table reflects contractual repricing dates.
2 The table reflects either contractual repricing dates, or maturities.
3 The table assumes that the principal balances for demand deposit and savings accounts will reprice in the first year.
4 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase reflect contractual maturities. Under terms of the agreements, repayment and repricing of repurchase may be accelerated if market rates rise.

 

Although “gap” analysis is a useful measurement device available to management in determining the existence of interest rate exposure, its static focus as of a particular date makes it necessary to utilize other techniques in measuring exposure to changes in interest rates. For example, gap analysis is limited in its ability to predict trends in future earnings and makes no assumptions about changes in prepayment tendencies, deposit or loan maturity preferences or repricing time lags that may occur in response to a change in the interest rate environment.

Our net interest margin for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 decreased to 3.67% compared to 3.83% for the year ended June 30, 2010. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, interest income earned on loans and on mortgage backed securities was influenced by the amortization of premiums and discounts on purchases, and interest expense paid on deposits and new borrowings were influenced by a sharp decline in the Fed Funds rate.

 

 

45


Table of Contents

We attempt to measure the effect market interest rate changes will have on the net present value of assets and liabilities, which is defined as Market Value of Equity (MVE). We analyze the MVE sensitivity to an immediate parallel and sustained shift in interest rates derived from the current treasury and LIBOR yield curves. For rising interest

rate scenarios, the base market interest rate forecast was increased by 100, 200 and 300 basis points. For the falling interest rate scenarios, we used a 100 basis points decrease due to limitations inherent in the current rate environment. The following table indicates the sensitivity of MVE to the interest rate movement described above at June 30, 2011:

 

 

(dollars in thousands)   Net Present
Value
    Percentage
Change from
Base
    Net Present
Value as a
Percentage of
Assets
 

Up 300 basis points

  $ 117,765        -31.80     6.36

Up 200 basis points

    141,927        -17.80     7.47

Up 100 basis points

    160,935        -6.80     8.27

Base

    172,625        0.00     8.69

Down 100 basis points

    176,777        2.40     8.74

 

The computation of the prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes is based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of interest rates, asset prepayments, run-offs in deposits and changes in repricing levels of deposits to general market rates. Furthermore, these computations do not take into account any actions that we may undertake in response to future changes in interest rates and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.

FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT OUR PERFORMANCE

Risks Relating to Our Industry

The downturn in the financial institution industry, the credit markets and the economy in general, may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We continue to operate in a challenging and uncertain economic environment, including generally uncertain national conditions and local conditions in the markets in which we operate. The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for approximately four years. The risks associated with our business become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or slow growth. The continuing negative events in the housing market, including significant and continuing home price reductions coupled with the upward trends in delinquencies and foreclosures, have resulted, and will likely continue to result, in poor performance of mortgage and construction loans and in significant asset write-downs by many financial institutions. This has caused, and will likely continue to cause, many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to seek government assistance or bankruptcy protection. Bank failures and liquidations or sales by the FDIC as receiver have also increased. While we are continuing to take steps to decrease and limit our exposure to problem loans, we

nonetheless retain direct exposure to the residential and commercial real estate markets, and we are affected by these events.

Continued reduced availability of commercial credit and increasing unemployment have further contributed to deteriorating credit performance of commercial and consumer loans, resulting in additional write-downs. Financial market and economic instability has caused many lenders and institutional investors to severely restrict their lending to customers and to each other. This market turmoil and credit tightening has exacerbated commercial and consumer deficiencies, the lack of consumer

confidence, market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity. Financial institutions also have experienced decreased access to deposits and borrowings.

These negative economic trends and developments are being experienced on national and international levels, as well as within the State of California where the Company’s business is concentrated. It is difficult to predict how long these economic conditions will exist, which of our markets and loan products will ultimately be most affected, and whether our actions will effectively mitigate these external factors. The current economic pressure on consumers and businesses and the lack of confidence in the financial markets has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price.

We cannot predict when these conditions are likely to improve in the future. As a result of the challenges presented by these general economic and industry conditions, we face the following risks:

 

¡  

The number of our borrowers unable to make timely repayments of their loans, the potential increase in the volume of problem assets and foreclosures and/or decreases in the value of real estate collateral securing the

 

 

46


Table of Contents
   

payment of such loans and/or decreases in the demand for our products and services could continue to rise, resulting in additional credit losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

 

¡  

Potentially increased regulation of our industry, including heightened legal standards and regulatory requirements, as well as expectations imposed in connection with recent and proposed legislation. Compliance with such additional regulation will likely increase our operating costs and may limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.

 

¡  

The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. The level of uncertainty concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of our estimates which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process.

 

¡  

Further disruptions in the capital markets or other events, which may result in an inability to borrow on favorable terms or at all from other financial institutions.

 

¡  

Further increases in FDIC insurance premiums, due to the increasing number of failed institutions, which have significantly depleted the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits.

The current government regulatory framework that governs the activities in which we may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance fund administered by the FDIC and our clients and depositors rather than our shareholders. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets, determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses, and maintenance of adequate capital levels. These bank regulators possess broad authority to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law and, given the recent financial crisis in the United States, the trend has been toward increased and more active oversight by regulators. In the wake of deteriorating market conditions over the last several quarters, the FDIC’s authority to investigate banks was significantly expanded pursuant to an agreement among various federal financial institution regulators. Under the terms of this new agreement, the FDIC will have unlimited authority to make a special examination of any insured depository institution as necessary to determine the condition of such depository institution for insurance purposes. Accordingly, we expect an active supervisory and regulatory environment to continue. We cannot predict the extent or nature of changes in legislation, regulation or policy, especially as they may react to deteriorating economic and industry conditions and to changes occasioned by the

transfer of primary supervisory authority over the Bank and BofI from solely the OTS to the OCC and the Fed Board, respectively. Such changes could affect the way we conduct our business, which could adversely impact our operations and earnings. For a more complete discussion of the current regulation and supervision of BofI and the Bank in general, see “REGULATION” above.

In addition, as a result of ongoing challenges facing the United States economy, new laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards have been and may continue to be promulgated, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to be active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the issuance of formal or informal enforcement actions or orders. Accordingly, the regulations applicable to the banking industry continue to change and we cannot predict the effects of these changes on our business and profitability.

Increases in FDIC assessments would have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Since the financial crisis began several years ago, the FDIC has incurred significant costs in resolving numerous bank failures, resulting in the depletion of the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund. In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore reserve ratios of the deposit insurance fund, the FDIC has increased, and may increase in the future, assessment rates of insured institutions, including the Bank. Deposits placed at U.S. banks are insured by the FDIC, subject to limits and conditions of applicable law and the FDIC’s regulations. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, FDIC insurance coverage limits were permanently increased to $250,000 per customer. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides for unlimited FDIC insurance coverage for non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts for a two year period beginning on December 31, 2010 and ending on January 1, 2013. The FDIC administers the deposit insurance fund, and all insured depository institutions are required to pay to the FDIC assessments that fund the deposit insurance fund. The Dodd-Frank Act changed the methodology for calculating deposit insurance assessments from the amount of an insured depository institution’s domestic deposits to its total assets minus average tangible equity. On February 7, 2011 the FDIC issued a new regulation implementing revisions to the assessment system mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, which became effective April 1, 2011. As a result of the new regulations, we expect to incur higher annual deposit insurance assessments. Our FDIC assessment for fiscal the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1.7 million, $1.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively. We are not able to directly control the basis or the amount of FDIC assessments that we are required to pay to fund the deposit insurance fund or for other fees or assessment obligations

 

 

47


Table of Contents

imposed on financial institutions. Any future increases in required assessments or other bank industry fees would have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to address difficult market and economic conditions may not stabilize the U.S. banking system.

Congress and the U.S. Department of the Treasury have adopted legislation and taken actions to address the disruptions in the financial system and declines in the housing market that commenced approximately four years ago, including the passage and implementation of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”), the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) and the Dodd-Frank Act.

The purpose of these legislative and regulatory actions is to stabilize the U.S. banking system, improve the flow of credit, address practices viewed as contributing to the destabilization of the financial system, and foster an economic recovery. The regulatory and legislative initiatives described above may not have their desired effects, however. If the volatility in the markets continues and economic conditions fail to improve or worsen, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Moreover, it is not clear at this time what long-term impact the EESA, the TARP, the ARRA or other liquidity and funding initiatives of the U.S. Treasury and other bank regulatory agencies that have been previously announced, and any additional programs that may be initiated in the future, will have on the financial markets and the financial services industry. The actual impact that EESA and such related measures undertaken to alleviate the credit crisis will have generally on the financial markets, including the levels of volatility and limited credit availability currently being experienced, is unknown. The failure of such measures to help provide long-term stability to the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of our common stock. Finally, there can be no assurance regarding the specific impact that such measures may have on us, or whether (or to what extent) we will be able to benefit from such programs. In addition to the legislation mentioned above, federal and state governments could pass additional legislation responsive to current credit conditions. For example, we could experience higher credit losses because of federal or state legislation or regulatory action that reduces the amount our borrowers are otherwise contractually required to pay under existing loan contracts. Also, we could experience higher credit losses because of federal or state legislation or regulatory action

that limits its ability to foreclose on property or other collateral or makes foreclosure less economically feasible.

The Dodd-Frank Act has, among other things, eliminated the OTS, tightened capital standards, created a new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection and resulted in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act has significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and affected the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. These federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations and, consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.

Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near term impact on BofI and the Bank. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act required the OTS, which was the primary federal regulator for BofI and the Bank, to be abolished as of July 21, 2011 and, as of that date, (i) the OCC, which is the primary federal regulator for national banks, became the primary federal regulator for federal thrifts such as the Bank and (ii) the Fed Board become the primary federal regulator for savings and loan holding companies such as BofI. The installation of separate federal regulators for BofI and the Bank could result in an increase in our costs of compliance with applicable regulations. In addition, Regulation Q, which prohibited the payment of interest on demand deposits, has now been eliminated, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change in the law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense.

The Dodd-Frank Act will require publicly traded companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and authorizes the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow shareholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.

The Dodd-Frank Act also creates the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection and gives it broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices.

 

 

48


Table of Contents

Additionally, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

It is difficult to predict the specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act, and the yet-to-be written implementing rules and regulations (or any court decisions regarding such rules and regulations), will have on financial institutions. However, it is expected that they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense.

The U.S. government’s monetary policies or changes in those policies could have a major effect on our operating results, and we cannot predict what those policies will be or any changes in such policies or the effect of such policies on us.

Generally, increases in prevailing interest rates due to changes in monetary policies adversely affect banks such as us, whose liabilities tend to re-price quicker than their assets. The monetary policies of the FRB, affected principally through open market operations and regulation of the discount rate and reserve requirements, have had major effects upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits, and prevailing interest rates. It is not possible to predict the nature or effect of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies. In recent years, the monetary policy of the FRB has acted to reduce market interest rates to historical lows. We manage the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities; however a large and relatively rapid increase in market interest rates would have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Current levels of market volatility are unprecedented.

The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for several years. In the recent past, the volatility and disruption has reached unprecedented levels. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on financial institution stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our ability to access capital in the future and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions could affect our ability to engage in routine funding transactions.

Financial service institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to the European banking system, which is facing increased volatility due to the economic difficulties and declining credit worthiness of certain member nations of the European Union. We have exposure to different industries and counterparties because we execute or could execute transactions with various counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients. Recent defaults by financial services institutions, and even rumors or questions about one or more financial services institutions or the financial services industry in general, have led to market wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of counterparty. Any such losses could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Risks Relating to Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities

Declining real estate values, particularly in California, could reduce the value of our loan portfolio and impair our profitability and financial condition.

Substantially all of the loans in our portfolio are secured by real estate. At June 30, 2011, approximately 59.1% of our mortgage portfolio was secured by real estate located in California. In recent years, there has been a significant decline in real estate values in California and the collateral for our loans has become less valuable. If real estate values continue to decrease and more of our borrowers experience financial difficulties, we will experience charge-offs at a greater level than we would otherwise experience, as the proceeds resulting from foreclosure may be significantly lower than the amounts outstanding on such loans. In addition, declining real estate values frequently accompany periods of economic downturn or recession and increasing unemployment, all of which can lead to lower demand for mortgage loans of the types we originate. Continued decline of real estate values and the decline of the credit position of our borrowers in California would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Many of our mortgage loans are unseasoned and defaults on such loans would harm our business.

At June 30, 2011, our multifamily residential loans were $647.4 million or 48.4% of our mortgage and our

 

 

49


Table of Contents

commercial real estate loans were $38.0 million, or 2.8% of our mortgage loans. The payment on such loans is typically dependent on the cash flows generated by the projects, which are affected by the supply and demand for multifamily residential units and commercial property within the relative market. If the market for multifamily residential units and commercial property experiences a decline in demand, multifamily and commercial borrowers may suffer losses on their projects and be unable to repay their loans. If residential housing values continue to decline and nationwide unemployment continues to increase, we are likely to experience increases in the level of our nonperforming loans and foreclosed and repossessed vehicles in future periods.

Continued or increasing declines in residential home prices may adversely affect our securities portfolio and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Economic deterioration throughout 2009 and weakness in the economic recovery in 2010 was accompanied by continued stress in the housing markets, including declines in home prices. These declines in the housing market, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures, compounded with difficulties in the economy, have, generally speaking, resulted in a significant decline in the value and marketability of mortgage-backed securities. As of June 30, 2011, our securities portfolio consisted of $470.1 million of mortgage-backed securities, which constituted approximately 24.2 % of our total assets. A protracted continuation or worsening of these difficult housing market conditions could adversely impact the ability of the issuers of the mortgage-backed securities in our securities portfolio to satisfy their respective obligations and our ability to liquidate our securities portfolio. While there were continued indications throughout the past year that the U.S. economy is stabilizing, the performance of our securities portfolio may decline in the near future, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Declines in the value of our securities may negatively affect earnings.

The value of securities in our investment portfolios could decrease due to changes in market factors. The market value of certain investment securities is volatile and future declines or other-than-temporary impairments could materially adversely affect future earnings and regulatory capital. Continued volatility in the market value of certain investment securities, whether caused by changes in market perceptions of credit risk, as reflected in the expected market yield of the security, or actual defaults in the portfolio could result in significant fluctuations in the value of the securities.

This could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, accumulated other comprehensive income and stockholders’ equity depending upon the direction of the fluctuations.

We could recognize other-than-temporary impairment on securities held in our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios, if economic and market conditions do not improve.

Our held-to-maturity securities had gross unrecognized gains of $19.7 million at June 30, 2011. We analyze securities held in our portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis. The process for determining whether impairment is other than temporary requires difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Because of changing economic and market conditions affecting issuers and the performance of the underlying collateral, we may be required to recognize other-than-temporary impairment in future periods reducing future earnings.

A decrease in the mortgage buying activity of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac or a failure by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to satisfy their obligations with respect to their RMBS could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

During the last three fiscal years we have sold over $395.7 million of residential mortgage loans to the government sponsored entities Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (each, a “GSE” and, together, the “GSEs”) and, as of June 30, 2011, approximately 26.8% of our securities portfolio consisted of RMBS issued or guaranteed by the GSEs. Each GSE is currently in conservatorship, with its primary regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, acting as conservator. The United States government is contemplating structural changes to the GSEs, including consolidation and/or a reduction in the ability of GSEs to purchase mortgage loans or guarantee mortgage obligations. We cannot predict if, when or how the conservatorships will end, or what associated changes (if any) may be made to the structure, mandate or overall business practices of either of the GSEs. Accordingly, there continues to be uncertainty regarding the future of the GSEs, including whether they will continue to exist in their current form and whether they will continue to meet their obligations with respect to their RMBS. A substantial reduction in mortgage purchasing activity by the GSEs could result in a material decrease in the availability of residential mortgage loans and the number of qualified borrowers, which in turn may lead to increased volatility in the residential housing market, including a decrease in

 

 

50


Table of Contents

demand for residential housing and a corresponding drop in the value of real property that secures current residential mortgage loans, as well as a significant increase in interest rates. In a rising or higher interest rate environment, our originations of mortgage loans may decrease, which would result in a decrease in mortgage loan revenues and a corresponding decrease in non-interest income. Any decision to change the structure, mandate or overall business practices of the GSEs and/or the relationship among the GSEs, the government and the private mortgage loan markets, or any failure by the GSEs to satisfy their obligations with respect to their RMBS, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We frequently purchase loans in bulk or “pools.” We may experience lower yields or losses on loan “pools” because the assumptions we use when purchasing loans in bulk may not always prove correct.

From time to time, we purchase real estate loans in bulk or “pools.” For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we purchased loans totaling $124.8 million, $185.8 million, and $57.4 million, respectively. When we determine the purchase price we are willing to pay to purchase loans in bulk, management makes certain assumptions about, among other things, how fast borrowers will prepay their loans, the real estate market and our ability to collect loans successfully and, if necessary, to dispose of any real estate that may be acquired through foreclosure. When we purchase loans in bulk, we perform certain due diligence procedures and we purchase the loans subject to customary limited indemnities. To the extent that our underlying assumptions prove to be inaccurate or the basis for those assumptions change (such as an unanticipated decline in the real estate market), the purchase price paid for “pools” of loans may prove to have been excessive, resulting in a lower yield or a loss of some or all of the loan principal. For example, in the past, we have purchased “pools” of loans at a premium and some of the loans were prepaid before we expected. Accordingly, we earned less interest income on the purchase than expected. Our success in growing through purchases of loan “pools” depends on our ability to price loan “pools” properly and on general economic conditions in the geographic areas where the underlying properties of our loans are located.

Acquiring loans through bulk purchases may involve acquiring loans of a type or in geographic areas where management may not have substantial prior experience. We may be exposed to a greater risk of loss to the extent that bulk purchases contain such loans.

Risks Relating to the Company

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings, capital adequacy and overall financial condition may suffer materially.

Our loans are generally secured by multifamily and, to a lesser extent, commercial and single family real estate properties, each initially having a fair market value generally greater than the amount of the loan secured. However, although our loans are typically secured, the risk of default, generally due to a borrower’s inability to make scheduled payments on his or her loan, is an inherent risk of the banking business. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate serving as collateral for the repayment of our loans. Defaults by borrowers could result in losses that exceed our loan loss reserves. We have originated or purchased many of our loans recently, so we do not have sufficient repayment experience to be certain whether the established allowance for loan losses is adequate. We may have to establish a larger allowance for loan losses in the future if, in our judgment, it becomes necessary. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses will increase our expenses and consequently may adversely affect our profitability, capital adequacy and overall financial condition.

Our results of operations could vary as a result of the methods, estimates, and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies.

The methods, estimates, and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on our results of operations. Such methods, estimates, and judgments, including methodologies to value our securities, evaluate securities for other-than-temporary impairment and estimate our allowance for loan losses. These methods, estimates, and judgments are, by their nature, subject to substantial risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, and factors may arise over time that lead us to change our methods, estimates, and judgments. Changes in those methods, estimates, and judgments could significantly affect our results of operations.

We may elect to seek additional capital but it may not be available when it is needed and limit our ability to execute our strategic plan. In addition, raising additional capital may dilute existing shareholders’ equity interests in the Company.

We are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. In

 

 

51


Table of Contents

addition, we may elect to raise additional capital to support the growth of our business or to finance acquisitions, if any, or we elect to raise additional capital for other reasons. We may seek to do so through the issuance of, among other things, our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock, which could dilute your ownership interest in the Company.

Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, many of which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital if needed or if it can be raised on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed or on terms acceptable to us, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,

results of operations and prospects and any capital that we may be able to raise may have a diluting effect on the equity interests of our shareholders.

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our income.

Our income depends to a great extent on the difference between the interest rates earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and investment securities, and the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings. Our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities do not react uniformly to changes in interest rates since the two have different time periods for interest rate adjustment. Interest rates are sensitive to factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, influence the origination of loans, the prepayment of loans, and the volume of deposits. Loan originations and repayment rates tend to increase with declining interest rates and decrease with rising interest rates. On the deposit side, increasing interest rates generally lead to interest rate increases on our deposit accounts. In recent years, the monetary policy of the FRB has acted to reduce market interest rates to historical lows. We manage the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities; however a large and relatively rapid increase in market interest rates would have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Access to adequate funding cannot be assured.

We have significant sources of liquidity as a result of our federal thrift structure, including consumer deposits, brokered deposits, the FHLB, repurchase lending facilities, and the FRB discount window. We rely primarily upon consumer deposits and FHLB advances. Our ability to attract deposits could be negatively impacted by a perception of our

financial prospects or by increased deposit rates available at troubled institutions suffering from shortfalls in liquidity. The FHLB is subject to regulation and other factors beyond our control. These factors may adversely affect the availability and pricing of advances to members such as the Bank. Selected sources of liquidity may become unavailable to the Bank if it were to be considered no longer “well-capitalized”.

Our inability to manage our growth could harm our business.

We anticipate that our asset size and deposit base will continue to grow over time, perhaps significantly. To

manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will be required to, among other things: (i) improve existing and implement new transaction processing, operational and financial systems, procedures and controls; (ii) maintain effective credit scoring and underwriting guidelines; and (iii) expand our employee base and train and manage this growing employee base. If we are unable to manage growth effectively, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We face strong competition for customers and may not succeed in implementing our business strategy.

Our business strategy depends on our ability to remain competitive. There is strong competition for customers from existing banks and other types of financial institutions, including those that use the Internet as a medium for banking transactions or as an advertising platform. Our competitors include large, publicly-traded, Internet-based banks, as well as smaller Internet-based banks; “brick and mortar” banks, including those that have implemented websites to facilitate online banking; and traditional banking institutions such as thrifts, finance companies, credit unions and mortgage banks. Some of these competitors have been in business for a long time and have name recognition and an established customer base. Most of our competitors are larger and have greater financial and personnel resources. In order to compete profitably, we may need to reduce the rates we offer on loans and investments and increase the rates we offer on deposits, which actions may adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

To remain competitive, we believe we must successfully implement our business strategy. Our success depends on, among other things:

 

¡  

Having a large and increasing number of customers who use our bank for their banking needs;

 

¡  

Our ability to attract, hire and retain key personnel as our business grows;

 

 

52


Table of Contents
¡  

Our ability to secure additional capital as needed;

 

¡  

The relevance of our products and services to customer needs and demands and the rate at which we and our competitors introduce or modify new products and services;

 

¡  

Our ability to offer products and services with fewer employees than competitors;

 

¡  

The satisfaction of our customers with our customer service;

 

¡  

Ease of use of our websites; and

 

¡  

Our ability to provide a secure and stable technology platform for financial services that provides us with reliable and effective operational, financial and information systems.

If we are unable to implement our business strategy, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We expect the rate of our revenue growth to decline and consequently anticipate downward pressure on our operating margins in the future.

We believe the rate of our revenue growth will generally decline as a result of a number of factors, including the inevitable decline in growth rates as our revenues increase to higher levels and the continued maturity of the internet-based banking market. We believe our operating margin will experience downward pressure as a result of increasing competition and increased expenditures for many aspects of our business, including increased expenditures for attracting new customers and retaining existing customers.

Our business depends on a strong brand, and failing to maintain and enhance our brand would hurt our ability to expand our customer base.

The brand identities that we have developed will significantly contribute to the success of our business. Maintaining and enhancing the “Bank of Internet” brands (including our other trade styles and trade names such as apartmentbank.com) is critical to expanding our customer base. We believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase due to the relatively low barriers to entry for our “brick and mortar” competitors in the internet-based banking market. Our brands could be negatively impacted by a number of factors, including data privacy and security issues, service outages, and product malfunctions. If we fail to maintain and enhance our “Bank of Internet” brands, or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to continue to provide high-quality products and services, which we may not do successfully.

A natural disaster or recurring energy shortage, especially in California, could harm our business.

We are based in San Diego, California, and approximately 59.1% of our mortgage loan portfolio was secured by real estate located in California at June 30, 2011. In addition, the computer systems that operate our internet websites and some of their back-up systems are located in San Diego, California. Historically, California has been vulnerable to natural disasters. Therefore, we are susceptible to the risks of natural disasters, such as earthquakes, wildfires, floods and mudslides. Natural disasters could harm our operations directly through interference with communications, including the interruption or loss of our websites, which would prevent us from gathering deposits, originating loans and processing and controlling our flow of business, as well as through the destruction of facilities and our operational, financial and management information systems. A natural disaster or recurring power outages may also impair the value of our largest class of assets, our loan portfolio, which is comprised substantially of real estate loans. Uninsured or underinsured disasters may reduce borrowers’ ability to repay mortgage loans. Disasters may also reduce the value of the real estate securing our loans, impairing our ability to recover on defaulted loans through foreclosure and making it more likely that we would suffer losses on defaulted loans. California has also experienced energy shortages, which, if they recur, could impair the value of the real estate in those affected areas. Although we have implemented several back-up systems and protections (and maintain business interruption insurance), these measures may not protect us fully from the effects of a natural disaster. The occurrence of natural disasters or energy shortages in California could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends in large part on the continuing efforts of a few individuals. If we are unable to retain these key personnel or attract, hire and retain others to oversee and manage our company, our business could suffer.

Our success depends substantially on the skill and abilities of our senior management team, including our Chief Executive Officer and President, Gregory Garrabrants, our Chief Financial Officer, Andrew J. Micheletti, and other employees that perform multiple functions that might otherwise be performed by separate individuals at larger banks. The loss of the services of any of these individuals or other key employees, whether through termination of employment, disability or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, our ability to grow and manage our growth depends on our ability to continue to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled executive, technical, managerial, sales,

 

 

53


Table of Contents

marketing, customer service and professional personnel. The implementation of our business plan and our future success will depend on such qualified personnel. Competition for such employees is intense, and there is a risk that we will not be able to successfully attract, assimilate or retain sufficiently qualified personnel. If we fail to attract and retain the necessary personnel, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liability with respect to properties to which we take title.

In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to those properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Being an Internet-Based Company

We depend on third-party service providers for our core banking technology, and interruptions in or terminations of their services could materially impair the quality of our services.

We rely substantially upon third-party service providers for our core banking technology and to protect us from bank system failures or disruptions. This reliance may mean that we will not be able to resolve operational problems internally or on a timely basis, which could lead to customer dissatisfaction or long-term disruption of our operations. Our operations also depend upon our ability to replace a third-party service provider if it experiences difficulties that interrupt operations or if an essential third-party service terminates. If these service arrangements are terminated for any reason without an immediately available substitute arrangement, our operations may be severely interrupted or delayed. If such interruption or delay were to continue for a substantial period of time, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Privacy concerns relating to our technology could damage our reputation and deter current and potential customers from using our products and services.

Generally speaking, concerns have been expressed about whether internet-based products and services compromise the privacy of users and others. Concerns about our practices with regard to the collection, use, disclosure or security of personal information of our customers or other privacy related matters, even if unfounded, could damage our reputation and results of operations. While we strive to comply with all applicable data protection laws and regulations, as well as our own posted privacy policies, any failure or perceived failure to comply may result in proceedings or actions against us by government entities or others, or could cause us to lose customers, which could potentially have an adverse effect on our business.

In addition, as nearly all of our products and services are internet-based, the amount of data we store for our customers on our servers (including personal information) has been increasing and will continue to increase. Any systems failure or compromise of our security that results in the release of our customers’ data could seriously limit the adoption of our products and services, as well as harm our reputation and brand and, therefore, our business. We may also need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches. The risk that these types of events could seriously harm our business is likely to increase as we add more customers and expand the number of internet-based products and services we offer.

Regulatory authorities around the world are considering a number of legislative and regulatory proposals concerning data protection. In addition, the interpretation and application of consumer and data protection laws in the U.S., Europe and elsewhere are often uncertain and in flux. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our data practices. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, this could result in an order requiring that we change our data practices, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Complying with these various laws could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner adverse to our business.

We have risks of systems failure and security risks, including “hacking” and “identity theft.”

The computer systems and network infrastructure utilized by us and others could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. This is true of both our internally developed systems and the systems of our third-party service providers. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect computer equipment against damage from fire, power loss, telecommunication failure or similar catastrophic events.

 

 

54


Table of Contents

Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

If our security measures are breached, or if our services are subject to attacks that degrade or deny the ability of customers to access our products and services, our products and services may be perceived as not being secure, customers may curtail or stop using our products and services, and we may incur significant legal and financial exposure.

Our products and services involve the storage and transmission of customers’ proprietary information, and security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation, and potential liability. Our security measures may be breached due to the actions of outside parties, employee error, malfeasance, or otherwise and, as a result, an unauthorized party may obtain access to our data or our customers’ data. Additionally, outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or our customers’ data. Any such breach or unauthorized access could result in significant legal and financial exposure, damage to our reputation, and a loss of confidence in the security of our products and services that could potentially have an adverse effect on our business. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service or sabotage systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and, as a result, we could lose customers, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business depends on continued and unimpeded access to the internet by us and our customers. Internet access providers may be able to block, degrade, or charge for access to our website, which could lead to additional expenses and the loss of customers.

Our products and services depend on the ability of our customers to access the internet and our website. Currently, this access is provided by companies that have significant market power in the broadband and internet access marketplace, including incumbent telephone companies, cable companies and mobile communications companies. Some of these providers have the ability to take measures that could degrade, disrupt, or increase the cost of customer access to our products and services by restricting or prohibiting the use of their infrastructure to access our website or by charging fees to us or our customers to provide allow access to our website. Such interference could result in a loss of existing customers and/or increased costs and could impair our ability to attract new customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

 

 

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

The following financial statements are filed as a part of this report beginning on page F – 1:

 

DESCRIPTION    PAGE  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F –2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2011 and 2010

     F –3   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F –4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F –5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F –6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F –8   

 

55


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Our management, under supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based upon this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2011, the disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.

Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(1) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of; our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

¡  

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

¡  

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial

   

statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

 

¡  

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on that assessment, we believe that, as of June 30, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

Crowe Horwath LLP has audited the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011, as stated in their report dated September 13, 2011.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There have been no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

 

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

 

56


Table of Contents

PART III

 

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information called for by this item with respect to directors and executive officers is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Election of Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement, which Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after June 30, 2011.

The information with respect to our audit committee and our audit committee financial expert is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Election of Directors—Committees of the Board of Directors” in the Proxy Statement. The information with respect to our Code of Ethics is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Code of Business Conduct” in the Proxy Statement.

 

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the sections captioned “Principal Holders of Common Stock” and “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” in the Proxy Statement.

 

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the sections captioned “Executive Compensation—Certain Transactions” in the Proxy Statement.

 

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Independent Public Accountants” in the Proxy Statement.

 

 

57


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

  (a)(1). Financial Statements: See Part II, Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary data.

 

  (a)(2). Financial Statement Schedules: All financial statement schedules have been omitted as they are either not required, not applicable, or the information is otherwise included.

 

  (a)(3). Exhibits:

 

Exhibit
Number
   Description    Incorporated By Reference to
  3.1    Articles of Incorporation    Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004 and amended January 26, 2005; February 24, 2005 and March 11, 2005.
  3.2    By-laws    Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004 and amended January 26, 2005; February 24, 2005 and March 11, 2005.
  4.1    Specimen Stock Certificate of the Registrant    Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004 and amended January 26, 2005; February 24, 2005 and March 11, 2005.
  4.2    Certificate of Designation—Series A Preferred    Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004 and amended January 26, 2005; February 24, 2005 and March 11, 2005.
  4.3    Certificate of Designation—Series B Preferred    Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-51201) filed by the Company on June 30, 2008.
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its executive officers and directors    Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004 and amended January 26, 2005; February 24, 2005 and March 11, 2005.
10.2*    Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended    Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004 and amended January 26, 2005; February 24, 2005 and March 11, 2005.
10.3*    2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended November 20, 2007    Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004 and amended January 26, 2005; February 24, 2005 and March 11, 2005.
10.4*    2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including forms of agreements thereunder    Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004 and amended January 26, 2005; February 24, 2005 and March 11, 2005.
10.5    Office Space Lease, dated April 25, 2005, for 12777 High Bluff Drive, San Diego, California 92130 by and between DL San Diego LP, a Delaware Limited Partnership, Landlord, and Bank of Internet USA, a federal savings bank, Tenant    Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-51201) filed by the Company on April 28, 2005.

 

58


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
   Description    Incorporated By Reference to
10.6    First Amendment to Lease, dated March 18, 2010, for Highlands Plaza II, located at 12777 High Bluff Drive, San Diego, California 92130, by and between Arden Realty Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership, Landlord, and Bank of Internet USA, a federal savings bank, Tenant.    Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-51201) filed by the Company on May 6, 2010.
10.7*    Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2003, between Bank of Internet USA and Andrew J. Micheletti, amended April 22, 2010.    Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed by the Company on December 16, 2004 and amended January 26, 2005; February 24, 2005 and March 11, 2005; amendment incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-51201) filed by the Company on April 28, 2010.
10.9    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of BofI Trust I dated December 16, 2004    Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004 and amended January 26, 2005; February 24, 2005 and March 11, 2005.
10.10*    Employment Agreement, dated October 22, 2007, between Bank of Internet USA and Gregory Garrabrants    Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-51201) filed by the Company on October 23, 2007 and amended May 26, 2011.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant consist of Bank of Internet USA (federal charter) and BofI Trust I (Delaware charter)    Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004 and amended January 26, 2005; February 24, 2005 and March 11, 2005.
23.1    Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   
24.1    Power of Attorney, incorporated by reference to the signature page to this report   
31.1    Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   
31.2    Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   
32.1    Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   
32.2    Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002     

 

* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

 

59


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

        BOFI HOLDING, INC.
Date: September 13, 2011     By:  

/s/ Gregory Garrabrants

 

     

Gregory Garrabrants

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

60


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Gregory Garrabrants and Andrew J. Micheletti, jointly and severally, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant as of this 13th day of September 2011 in the capacities indicated:

 

Signature    Title

/s/ Gregory Garrabrants

 

   Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), Director

Gregory Garrabrants

  

/s/ Andrew J. Micheletti

 

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Andrew J. Micheletti

  

/s/ Theodore C. Allrich

 

   Chairman

Theodore C. Allrich

  

/s/ Nicholas A. Mosich

 

   Vice Chairman

Nicholas A. Mosich

  

/s/ Gary Burke

 

   Director

Gary Burke

  

/s/ Paul Grinberg

 

   Director

Paul Grinberg

  

/s/ Jerry F. Englert

 

   Director

Jerry F. Englert

  

/s/ Edward J. Ratinoff

 

   Director

Edward J. Ratinoff

  

/s/ James Court

 

   Director

James Court

  

/s/ James S. Argalas

 

   Director

James Argalas

  

 

61


Table of Contents

BOFI HOLDING, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DESCRIPTION    PAGE  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F – 2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2011 and 2010

     F – 3   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended June  30, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F – 4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F – 5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F – 6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F – 8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of BofI Holding, Inc.

San Diego, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BofI Holding, Inc. as of June 30, 2011 and 2010, and the related statements of income, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2011. We also have audited BofI Holding, Inc’s. internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). BofI Holding, Inc.’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting found in Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BofI Holding, Inc. as of June 30, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, BofI Holding, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

Costa Mesa, California

September 13, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

             
    June 30,  
    2011     2010  

ASSETS

   

Cash and due from banks

  $ 5,820      $ 5,834   

Federal funds sold

    3,232        12,371   

Total cash and cash equivalents

    9,052        18,205   

Securities:

   

Trading

    5,053        4,402   

Available for sale

    145,671        242,430   

Held to maturity (fair value $387,286 in 2011, $326,867 in 2010)

    370,626        320,807   

Stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank, at cost

    15,463        18,148   

Loans held for sale, carried at fair value at June 30, 2011

    20,110        5,511   

Loans—net of allowance for loan losses of $7,419 in 2011; $5,893 in 2010

    1,325,101        774,899   

Accrued interest receivable

    6,577        5,040   

Furniture, equipment and software—net

    3,153        621   

Deferred income tax

    9,719        6,153   

Cash surrender value of life insurance

    5,087        4,911   

Other real estate owned and reposessed vehicles

    9,604        2,701   

Other assets

    14,871        17,253   

TOTAL

  $ 1,940,087      $ 1,421,081   

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   

Deposits:

   

Non-interest bearing

  $ 7,369      $ 5,441   

Interest bearing

    1,332,956        962,739   

Total deposits

    1,340,325        968,180   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    130,000        130,000   

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

    305,000        182,999   

Junior subordinated debt and other borrowings

    7,655        5,155   

Accrued interest payable

    2,237        1,979   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    7,104        2,960   

Total liabilities

    1,792,321        1,291,273   

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 14)

   

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

   

Preferred stock—1,000,000 shares authorized;

   

Series A—$10,000 stated value; 515 (2011) and 515 (2010) shares issued and outstanding

    5,063        5,063   

Common stock—$0.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 11,151,963 shares issued and 10,436,332 shares outstanding (2011); 10,827,673 shares issued and 10,184,975 shares outstanding (2010)

    112        108   

Additional paid-in capital

    88,343        84,605   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)—net of tax

    (971     4,043   

Retained earnings

    60,152        39,882   

Treasury stock, at cost; 715,631 shares (2011) and 642,698 shares (2010)

    (4,933     (3,893

Total stockholders’ equity

    147,766        129,808   

TOTAL

  $ 1,940,087      $ 1,421,081   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except earnings per share)

                    
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2011     2010     2009  

INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME:

     

Loans, including fees

  $ 60,508      $ 43,697      $ 41,782   

Investments

    32,427        41,875        35,996   

Total interest and dividend income

    92,935        85,572        77,778   

INTEREST EXPENSE:

     

Deposits

    22,276        21,254        23,983   

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

    6,263        7,725        11,385   

Other borrowings

    5,883        5,974        6,051   

Total interest expense

    34,422        34,953        41,419   

Net interest income

    58,513        50,619        36,359   

Provision for loan losses

    5,800        5,775        4,730   

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

    52,713        44,844        31,629   

NON-INTEREST INCOME:

     

Realized gain (loss) on securities:

     

Sale of FNMA preferred stock

                  (7,902

Sale of mortgage-backed securities

    2,420        13,037        2,816   

Total realized gain (loss) on securities

    2,420        13,037        (5,086

Other-than-temporary loss on securities:

     

Total impairment losses

    (5,942     (6,910     (13,831

Loss recognized in other comprehensive loss

    4,401        872        12,377   

Net impairment loss recognized in earnings

    (1,541     (6,038     (1,454

Fair value gain (loss) on trading securities

    651        (1,039     (2,055

Total unrealized loss on securities

    (890     (7,077     (3,509

Prepayment penalty fee income

    1,073        122        64   

Mortgage banking income

    4,731        1,694        1,381   

Banking service fees and other income

    659        540        463   

Total non-interest income (loss)

    7,993        8,316        (6,687

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:

     

Salaries, employee benefits and stock-based compensation

    14,524        7,371        5,579   

Professional services

    2,108        1,519        1,419   

Occupancy and equipment

    834        419        442   

Data processing and internet

    983        891        796   

Advertising and promotional

    1,025        444        560   

Depreciation and amortization

    618        235        171   

Real estate owned and repossessed vehicles

    1,554        2,661        667   

FDIC and OTS regulatory fees

    2,017        1,562        1,658   

Other general and administrative

    2,871        2,181        1,602   

Total non-interest expense

    26,534        17,283        12,894   

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    34,172        35,877        12,048   

INCOME TAXES

    13,593        14,749        4,906   

NET INCOME

  $ 20,579      $ 21,128      $ 7,142   

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCK

  $ 20,270      $ 20,517      $ 6,452   

Basic earnings per share

  $ 1.88      $ 2.31      $ 0.78   

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 1.87      $ 2.22      $ 0.77   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Dollars in thousands)

 
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
        Common Stock                                      
                    Number of Shares                                            
     Shares     Amount          Issued     Treasury     Outstanding     Amount     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
   

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive
Income (Loss),

Net of

Income Tax

    Treasury
Stock
    Comprehensive
Income
    Total  

BALANCE—June 30, 2008

    4,265      $ 8,813            8,627,840        (328,277     8,299,563      $ 86      $ 60,684      $ 14,975      $ 1,017      $ (2,493     $ 83,082   

Comprehensive income:

                         

Net income

                                                       7,142                    $ 7,142        7,142   

Net unrealized gain from investment securities—net of income tax expense

                                                              909               909        909   

Total comprehensive income

                        $ 8,051     

Cash dividends on preferred stock

                                                       (690                     (690

Issuance of convertible preferred stock

    1,040        1,017                                                                    1,017   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                651                               651   

Restricted stock grants

                    50,300        (13,741     36,559        1                             (82       (81

Purchase of Treasury Stock

                           (276,200     (276,200                                 (982       (982

Cumulative effect of the adoption of SFAS 159

                                                       (2,062                     (2,062

Stock option exercises and tax benefits of equity compensation

                      27,935        (5,089     22,846               (15                   (32       (47

BALANCE—June 30, 2009

    5,305      $ 9,830            8,706,075        (623,307     8,082,768      $ 87      $ 61,320      $ 19,365      $ 1,926      $ (3,589     $ 88,939   

Comprehensive income:

                         

Net income

                                                       21,128                    $ 21,128        21,128   

Net unrealized gain from investment securities—net of income tax expense

                                                              2,117               2,117        2,117   

Total comprehensive income

                                                                          $ 23,245     

Cash dividends on preferred stock

                                                       (611                     (611

Issuance of common stock

                    1,226,276               1,226,276        12        15,082                               15,094   

Convert preferred stock to common stock

    (4,790     (4,767       531,690               531,690        6        4,761                                 

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                866                               866   

Restricted stock grants

                    56,575        (17,328     39,247               181                      (289       (108

Stock option exercises and tax benefits of equity compensation

                      307,057        (2,063     304,994        3        2,395                      (15       2,383   

BALANCE—June 30, 2010

    515      $ 5,063            10,827,673        (642,698     10,184,975      $ 108      $ 84,605      $ 39,882      $ 4,043      $ (3,893     $ 129,808   

Comprehensive income:

                         

Net income

                                                       20,579                    $ 20,579        20,579   

Net unrealized loss from investment securities—net of income tax expense

                                                              (5,014            (5,014     (5,014

Total comprehensive income

                                                                          $ 15,565     

Cash dividends on preferred stock

                                                       (309                     (309

Issuance of common stock

                                                                                

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                  2,153                               2,153   

Restricted stock grants

                    195,909        (72,933     122,976        3        314                      (1,040       (723

Stock option exercises and tax benefits of equity compensation

                      128,381               128,381        1        1,271                                     1,272   

BALANCE—June 30, 2011

    515      $ 5,063            11,151,963        (715,631     10,436,332      $ 112      $ 88,343      $ 60,152      $ (971   $ (4,933           $ 147,766   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

                    
    Year Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010     2009  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

     

Net income

  $ 20,579      $ 21,128      $ 7,142   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

     

Accretion of discounts on securities

    (16,663     (24,062     (13,741

Amortization (accretion) of premiums (discounts) on loans

    (3,861     (3,840     (1,906

Amortization of borrowing costs

    1        15        18   

Stock-based compensation expense

    2,153        866        651   

Net (gain) loss on sale of investment securities

    (2,420     (13,037     5,086   

Valuation of financial instruments carried at fair value

    (651     1,039        2,055   

Impairment charge on securities held to maturity

    1,541        6,038        1,454   

Provision for loan losses

    5,800        5,775        4,730   

Deferred income taxes

    (226     (4,367     (1,459

Origination of loans held for sale

    (216,868     (114,842     (83,741

Unrealized gain on loans held for sale

    (350     —          —     

Gain on sales of loans held for sale

    (4,953     (1,694     (1,381

Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale

    214,261        114,215        81,932   

Loss on sale of other real estate and foreclosed assets

    2,116        1,657        376   

Depreciation and amortization of furniture, equipment and software

    618        235        171   

Stock dividends from the Federal Home Loan Bank

    —          —          (464

Net changes in assets and liabilities which provide (use) cash:

     

Accrued interest receivable

    (1,537     828        (128

Other assets

    1,213        (3,184     (7,917

Accrued interest payable

    258        (129     (258

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    3,104        (1,641     (2,782

Net cash provided by (used) in operating activities

    4,115        (15,000     (10,162

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

     

Purchases of investment securities

    (284,034     (223,754     (310,559

Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities

    16,523        27,118        90,195   

Proceeds from repayment of securities

    323,636        284,513        113,362   

Purchase of stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank

    (66     —          (2,068

Proceeds from redemption of stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank

    2,751        700        3,079   

Origination of loans

    (608,901     (74,702     (33,170

Proceeds from sales of repossessed assets

    3,484        6,650        3,124   

Purchases of loans, net of discounts and premiums

    (124,784     (185,812     (57,410

Principal repayments on loans

    163,348        93,788        94,744   

Purchases of furniture, equipment and software

    (3,150     (420     (216

Net cash used in investing activities

    (511,193     (71,919     (98,919

 

F-6


Table of Contents

BofI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

                    
    Year Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010     2009  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

     

Net increase in deposits

  $ 372,145      $ 319,656      $ 77,820   

Proceeds from the Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    332,000        161,000        113,000   

Repayment of the Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    (210,000     (241,000     (249,000

Proceeds from other borrowings

    2,500        —          —     

Proceeds from borrowing at the Fed Discount Window

    —          125,000        205,000   

Repayment of borrowing at the Fed Discount Window

    —          (285,000     (45,000

Purchase of treasury stock

    —          —          (1,006

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

    922        1,790        1   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock—Series B

    —          —          1,017   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    4        15,094        —     

Tax benefit from exercise of common stock options and vesting of restricted stock grants

    663        789        (15

Cash dividends on preferred stock

    (309     (611     (594

Net cash provided by financing activities

    497,925        96,718        101,223   

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (9,153     9,799        (7,858

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year

    18,205        8,406        16,264   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year

  $ 9,052      $ 18,205      $ 8,406   

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

     

Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds

  $ 34,164      $ 35,066      $ 41,660   

Income taxes paid

  $ 13,697      $ 20,174      $ 6,737   

Transfers to other real estate and repossessed vehicles

  $ 11,746      $ 5,467      $ 8,962   

Transfers from loans held for investment to loans held for sale

  $ 6,911      $ —        $ —     

Adoption of fair value: securities transferred from HTM to trading

  $ —        $ —        $ 11,055   

Securities transferred from held-to-maturity to available for sale portfolio

  $ —        $ 1,245      $ —     

Preferred stock dividends declared but not paid

  $ —        $ —        $ 96   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

BOFI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2011, 2010, AND 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except earnings per share)

 

 

1. ORGANIZATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BofI Holding, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Bank of Internet USA (collectively, the “Company”). All significant intercompany balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

BofI Holding, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware on July 6, 1999 for the purpose of organizing and launching an Internet-based savings bank. The Bank of Internet USA (the “Bank”), which opened for business over the Internet on July 4, 2000, is subject to regulation and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), its primary regulator. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures the Bank’s deposit accounts up to the maximum allowable amount.

Use of Estimates. In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the assessment for other-than-temporary impairment on investment securities and the fair value of certain financial instruments.

Business. The Bank provides financial services to consumers through the Internet. The Bank’s deposit products are demand accounts, savings accounts and time deposits marketed to consumers located in all 50 states. The Bank’s primary lending products are residential single family and multifamily mortgage loans. The Bank’s business is primarily concentrated in the state of California and is subject to the general economic conditions of that state.

Cash Flows. Cash and cash equivalents include cash due from banks, money market mutual funds and federal funds sold, all of which have original maturities within 90 days. Net cash flows are reported for customer deposit transactions.

Restrictions on Cash. Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain certain minimum reserve balances. Included in cash were balances required by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco of $3,197 and $1,905 at June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk. The Bank’s assets and liabilities are generally monetary in nature and interest rate changes have an effect on the Bank’s performance. The Bank decreases the effect of interest rate changes on its performance by striving to match maturities and interest sensitivity between loans and deposits. A significant change in interest rates could have a material effect on the Bank’s results of operations.

Concentration of Credit Risk. The Bank’s loan portfolio was collateralized by various forms of real estate with approximately 59.1% of our mortgage portfolio located in California at June 30, 2011. The Bank’s loan portfolio contains concentrations of credit in multi-family, single family, commercial, and home equity. The Bank believes its underwriting standards combined with its low LTV requirements substantially mitigate the risk of loss which may result from these concentrations.

Securities. Debt securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has both the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Trading securities refer to certain types of assets that banks hold for resale at a profit or when the Company elects to account for certain securities at fair value. Increases or decreases in the fair value of trading securities are recognized in earnings as they occur. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Gains and losses on securities sales are based on a comparison of sales proceeds and the amortized cost of the security sold using the specific identification method. Purchases and sales are recognized on the trade date. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized or accreted using the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. The Company’s portfolios of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities are reviewed quarterly for other than temporary impairment. In performing this review, management considers (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) the impact of changes in market interest rates on the market value of the security and (4) how to record an impairment by assessing whether the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell a security in an unrealized loss position before the Company recovers the security’s

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

amortized cost. If either of these criteria for (4) is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized in earnings. Alternatively, if the criteria for (4) is not met, the amount of impairment recognized in earnings is limited to the amount related to credit losses, while impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis.

Loans. Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of unearned interest, deferred purchase premiums and discounts, deferred loan origination fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Premiums and discounts on loans purchased as well as loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method.

Interest income on loans is generally discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the loan is well secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual, is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Loans Held for Sale. Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair value. Net unrealized gains and losses are recognized through the income statement. The Bank generally sells its loans with the servicing released to the buyer. Gains and losses on loan sales are recorded as mortgage banking income, based on the difference between sales proceeds and carrying value. Loans held for sale as of June 30, 2011 were carried at the lower of cost or fair value.

Loans that were originated with the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future (loans held in portfolio) but which have been subsequently designated as being held for sale for risk management or liquidity needs are carried at the lower of cost or fair value calculated on an individual loan by loan basis.

There may be times when loans have been classified as held for sale and for some reason cannot be sold. Loans transferred to a long-term-investment classification from held-for-sale are transferred at the lower of cost or market value on the transfer date. Any difference between the

carrying amount of the loan and its outstanding principal balance is recognized as an adjustment to yield by the interest method. A loan cannot be classified as a long-term investment unless the Bank has both the ability and the intent to hold the loan for the foreseeable future or until maturity.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level estimated to provide for probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. Management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on reviews of individual loans and pools of loans, recent loss experience, current economic conditions, the risk characteristics of the various categories of loans and other pertinent factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective and requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses, which is charged against current period operating results and recoveries of loans previously charged-off. The allowance is decreased by the amount of charge-offs of loans deemed uncollectible. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.

The allowance for loan loss includes specific and general reserves. Specific reserves are provided for impaired loans considered TDRs. All other impaired loans are written down through charge-offs to the fair value of collateral, less estimated selling cost, and no specific or general reserve is provided. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which terms have been modified resulting in a concession and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties are considered TDRs and classified as impaired. A loan is measured for impairment generally two different ways. If the loan is primarily dependent upon the borrower to make payments, then impairment is calculated by comparing the present value of the expected future payments discounted at the effective loan rate to the carrying value of the loan. If the loan is collateral dependent, the net proceeds from the sale of the collateral is compared to the carrying value of the loan. If the calculated amount is less than the carrying value of the loan, the loan has impairment.

A general reserve is included in the allowance for loan loss and is determined by adding the results of a quantitative and a qualitative analysis to all other loans not measured for impairment at the reporting date. The quantitative analysis determines the Bank’s actual annual historic charge-off rates and applies the average historic rates to the outstanding loan balances in each pool, the product of which is the general reserve amount. The qualitative analysis considers one or more of the following factors: changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in economic conditions, changes in

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

the content of the portfolio, changes in lending management, changes in the volume of delinquency rates, changes to the scope of the loan review system, changes in the underlying collateral of the loans, changes in credit concentrations and any changes in the requirements to the credit loss calculations. A loss rate is estimated and applied to those loans affected by the qualitative factors.

General loan loss reserves are calculated by grouping each loan by collateral type and by grouping the loan-to-value ratios of each loan within the collateral type. An estimated allowance rate for each loan-to-value group within each type of loan is multiplied by the total principal amount in the group to calculate the required general reserve attributable to that group. Management uses an allowance rate that provides a larger loss allowance for loans with greater loan-to-value ratios. General loan loss reserves for consumer loans are calculated by grouping each loan by credit score (e.g. FICO) at origination and applying an estimated allowance rate to each group. In addition to credit score grading, general loan loss reserves are increased for all consumer loans determined to be 90 days or more past due. Specific reserves or direct charge-offs are calculated when an internal asset review of a loan identifies a significant adverse change in the financial position of the borrower or the value of the collateral. The specific reserve or direct charge-off is based on discounted cash flows, observable market prices or the estimated value of underlying collateral. Specific loan charge-offs on impaired loans are recorded as a write-off and a decrease to the allowance in the period the impairment is identified. A loan is classified as a TDR when management determines that an existing borrower is in financial distress and the borrower’s loan terms are modified to provide the borrower a financial concession (e.g. lower payment) that would not otherwise be provided by another lender based upon borrower’s current financial condition. TDRs are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

If the present value of estimated cash flows under the modified terms of a TDR discounted at the original loan effective rate is less than the book value of the loan before the TDR, the excess is specifically allocated to the loan in the allowance for loan losses.

Furniture, Equipment and Software. Fixed asset purchases in excess of five hundred dollars are capitalized and recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are

amortized over the lesser of the assets’ useful lives or the lease term.

Income Taxes. Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. The Company records a valuation allowance when management believes it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. An income tax position will be recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that it will be sustained upon IRS examination, based upon its technical merits. Once that status is met, the amount recorded will be the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in the income tax expense.

Mortgage Banking Derivatives. Commitments to fund mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are accounted for as free standing derivatives. Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date the interest on the loan is locked. The Company enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans when interest rate locks are entered into, in order to hedge the change in interest rates resulting from its commitments to fund the loans. Changes in the fair values of these derivatives are included in mortgage banking income.

Earnings per Share. Earnings per share (“EPS”) are presented under two formats: basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stock (net income after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year plus the unvested average of restricted stock unit shares. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stock and adding back in dividends on diluted preferred stock by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the impact of dilutive potential common shares, such as stock options and convertible preferred stock.

Stock-Based Compensation. Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate fair value of the stock options, while market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock. The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of FHLB stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance. The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments. Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Comprehensive Income. Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, which are also recognized as separate components of equity.

Loss Contingencies. Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are now such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

Dividend Restriction. Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the holding company.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Operating Segments. While the chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

New Accounting Pronouncements. In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC Topic 860-10-65, Accounting for the Transfer of Financial Assets and Amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 Instruments (SFAS 166). ASC Topic 860-10-65 removes the concept of a special purpose entity (SPE) from Statement 140 and removes the exception of applying FASB Interpretation 46 Variable Interest Entities, to Variable Interest Entities that are SPEs. It limits the circumstances in which a transferor derecognizes a financial asset. ASC Topic 860-10-65 amends the requirements for the transfer of a financial asset to meet the requirements for “sale” accounting. The statement is effective for all fiscal periods beginning after November 15, 2009. The Company adopted ASC Topic 860-10-65 on July 1, 2010. The impact of the adoption was not material.

In June 2009 the FASB issued ASC Topic 810-10, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (“SFAS 167”). ASC Topic 810-10 amends Interpretation 46(R) to require an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest give it a controlling financial interest in the variable interest entity. ASC Topic 810-10 is effective for all fiscal periods beginning after November 15, 2009. The Company adopted ASC Topic 810-10 on July 1, 2010. The impact of the adoption was not material.

On January 21, 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, which provides amendments to ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, to provide for the following:

 

¡  

Disclosures of transfers in and out of Level 1 and 2 financial instrument categories, including the entity’s policy for transfers in and out of all categories

 

¡  

Clarification of the need to disclose valuation techniques and inputs for both recurring and nonrecurring measurements for Level 2 and 3 measurements

 

¡  

Clarification that an entity should provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class (the term major category is replaced with class—a subset within a line item based on nature and risk) of assets and liabilities and that management should use judgment in determining the level at which to report.

These disclosures are effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2009 and have been incorporated into the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

In addition, this ASU requires the presentation of activity (purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements) in the Level 3 reconciliation on a gross basis as opposed to a net basis. This disclosure however, is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2010.

In July 2010, the FASB issued an ASU No. 2010-20 (Topic 310), “Receivables: Disclosure about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses.” The objective of this ASU is for an entity to provide disclosures that facilitate financial statement users’ evaluation of the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity’s portfolio of financing receivables, how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses, and the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. An entity should provide disclosures on a disaggregated basis on two defined levels: (1) portfolio segment; and (2) class of financing receivable. The ASU makes changes to existing disclosure requirements and includes additional disclosure requirements about financing receivables, including credit quality indicators of financing receivables at the end of the reporting period by class of financing receivables, the aging of past due financing receivables at the end of the reporting period by class of financing receivables, and the nature and extent of troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the period by class of financing receivables and their effect on the allowance for credit losses. The adoption of the ASU was disclosure-related only and had no impact on our financial condition, cash flows, or results of operations.

In January 2011, the FASB deferred the effective date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”). This delay was intended to allow the FASB time to complete deliberations on what constitutes a TDR. The effective date of the new disclosures regarding TDRs for public entities and the guidelines for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring will be effective upon issuance. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

In April 2011, the FASB issued an ASU 2011-20 (Topic 310), “A Creditor’s Determination of whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” This updated guidance is designed to assist creditors with determining whether or not a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. In particular, additional guidance has been added to help creditors determine whether a concession has been granted and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. Both of these conditions are required to be met for a restructuring to constitute a troubled debt restructuring. The amendments in the update are effective for the first interim period beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. The provisions

of this update are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

 

2. FAIR VALUE

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1:

  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2:

  Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets include securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3:

  Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models such as discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

When available, the Company generally uses quoted market prices to determine fair value. In some cases where a market price is available, the Company will make use of acceptable practical expedients (such as matrix pricing) to calculate fair value, in which case the items are classified in Level 2. The Company considers relevant and observable market prices in its valuations where possible. The frequency of transactions, the size of the bid-ask spread and the nature of the participants are some of the factors the Company uses to

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

help determine whether a market is active and orderly or inactive and not orderly. Price quotes based upon transactions that are not orderly are not considered to be determinative of fair value and should be given little, if any, weight in measuring fair value.

If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed valuation techniques that use, where possible, current market-based or independently sourced market parameters, such as interest rates, credit spreads, housing value forecasts, etc. Items valued using such internally generated valuation techniques are classified according to the lowest level input or value driver that is significant to the valuation. Thus, an item may be classified in Level 3 even though there may be some significant inputs that are readily observable.

The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Company to measure various financial instruments at fair value, including an indication of the level in the fair-value hierarchy in which each instrument is generally classified:

Securities—trading. Trading securities are recorded at fair value. The trading portfolio consists of two different issues of floating-rate debt securities collateralized by pools of bank trust preferred securities. Recent liquidity and economic uncertainty have made the market for collateralized debt obligations less active or inactive. As quoted market prices are not available, the Level 3 fair values for these securities are determined by the Company utilizing industry-standard tools to calculate the net present value of the expected cash flows available to the securities from the underlying assets. The Company’s expected cash flows are calculated for each security and include the impact of actual and forecasted bank defaults within each collateral pool as well as structural features of the security’s tranche such as lock outs, subordination and overcollateralization. The forecast of underlying bank defaults in each pool is based upon a quarterly financial update including the trend in non-performing assets, the allowance for loan loss and the underlying bank’s capital ratios. Also a factor is the Company’s loan loss experience in the local economy in which the bank operates. At June 30, 2011, the Company’s forecast of cash flows for both securities includes actual and forecasted defaults totaling 38.1% of all banks in the collateral pools, compared to 28.2% of the banks actually in default as of June 30, 2011. The expected cash flows reflect the Company’s best estimate of all pool losses which are then applied to the overcollateralization reserve and the subordinated tranches to determine the cash flows. The Company selects a discount rate margin based upon the spread between U.S. Treasury rates and the market rates for active credit grades for financial companies. The discount margin when added to the U.S. Treasury rate determines the discount rate, reflecting primarily market liquidity and

interest rate risk since expected credit loss is included in the cash flows. At June 30, 2011, the Company used a weighted average discount margin of 362 basis points above U.S. Treasury rates to calculate the net present value of the expected cash flows and the fair value of its trading securities.

The Level 3 fair values determined by the Company for its trading securities rely heavily on management’s assumptions as to the future credit performance of the collateral banks, the impact of the global and regional recession, the timing of forecasted defaults and the discount rate applied to cash flows. The fair value of the trading securities at June 30, 2011 is sensitive to an increase or decrease in the discount rate. An increase in the discount margin of 100 basis points would have reduced the total fair value of the trading securities and decreased net income before income tax by $593. A decrease in the discount margin of 100 basis points would have increased the total fair value of the trading securities and increased net income before income tax by $703.

Securities—available for sale and held to maturity. Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value and consist of residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) issued by U.S. agencies as well as RMBS issued by non-agencies as well as municipal securities. Held to maturity securities are recorded at amortized cost and consist of RMBS issued by U.S. agencies, RMBS issued by non-agencies. Fair value for U.S. agency securities and municipal securities are generally based on quoted market prices of similar securities used to form a dealer quote or a pricing matrix. There continues to be significant illiquidity in the market for RMBS issued by non-agencies, impacting the availability and reliability of transparent pricing. As orderly quoted market prices are not available, the Level 3 fair values for these securities are determined by the Company utilizing industry-standard tools to calculate the net present value of the expected cash flows available to the securities from the underlying mortgage assets. The Company computes Level 3 fair values for each non-agency RMBS in the same manner (as described below) whether available for sale or held to maturity.

To determine the performance of the underlying mortgage loan pools, the Company estimates prepayments, defaults, and loss severities based on a number of macroeconomic factors, including housing price changes, unemployment rates, interest rates and borrower attributes such as credit score and loan documentation at the time of origination. The Company inputs for each security a projection of monthly default rates, loss severity rates and voluntary prepayment rates for the underlying mortgages for the remaining life of the security to determine the expected cash flows. The projections of default rates are derived by the Company from the historic default rate observed in the pool of loans

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

collateralizing the security, increased by and decreased by the forecasted increase or decrease in the national unemployment rate. The projections of loss severity rates are derived by the Company from the historic loss severity rate observed in the pool of loans, increased by (or decreased by) the forecasted increase or decrease in the national home price appreciation (HPA) index. The largest factor influencing the Company’s modeling of the monthly default rate is unemployment. The most updated unemployment rate reported in May 2011 was 9.1%. Consensus estimates for unemployment are that the rate will continue to decline. Going forward, the Company is projecting lower monthly default rates. The Company projects severities to begin improving in early 2013.

To determine the discount rates used to compute the present value of the expected cash flows for these non-agency RMBS securities, the Company separates the securities by the borrower characteristics in the underlying pool. Specifically, “prime” securities generally have borrowers with higher FICO scores and better documentation of income. “Alt-A” securities generally have borrowers with a little lower FICO and a little less documentation of income. “Pay-option ARMs” are Alt-A securities with borrowers that tend to pay the least amount of principal (or increase their loan balance through negative amortization). The Company calculates separate discount rates for prime, Alt-A and Pay-option ARM non-agency RMBS securities using market-participant assumptions for risk, capital and return on equity. The range of annual default rates used in the Company’s projections at June 30, 2011 are from 0.7% up to 22.1% with prime securities tending toward the lower end of the range and Alt-A and Pay-option ARMs tending toward the higher end of the range. The range of loss severity rates applied to each default used in the Company’s projections at June 30, 2011 are from 1.6% up to 76.1% based upon individual bond historical performance. The default rates and the severities are projected for every non-agency RMBS

security held by the Company and will vary monthly based

upon the actual performance of the security and the macroeconomic factors discussed above. The Company applies its discount rates to the projected monthly cash flows which already reflect the full impact of all forecasted losses using the assumptions described above. When calculating present value of the expected cash flows at June 30, 2011, the Company computed its discount rates as a spread between 224 and 330 basis points over the LIBOR Index using the LIBOR forward curve with prime securities tending toward the lower end of the range and Alt-A and Pay-option ARMs tending toward the higher end of the range.

Loans Held for Sale. The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is determined by pricing for comparable assets or by outstanding commitments from third party investors.

The Company also adopted new accounting guidance which allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company elected to adopt the fair value option for certain investment securities on the adoption date. The difference between the carrying value before election of the fair value option and the fair value of these instruments is recorded as an adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption.

Management believes the adoption of this guidance for certain financial instruments will provide the users of its

financial statements with transparent and relevant financial information that provides better insight into the Company’s risk management activities. Application of the standard and its disclosure requirements for financial instruments elected to be carried at fair value expands the transparency of risk management activities and eliminates or reduces the obstacles presented by complex accounting standards related to hedging investment securities and other financial instruments.

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the transition impact of adopting the fair value option for certain financial instruments on July 1, 2008:

 

    

Ending Balance as
of June 20, 2008

(Prior to Adoption)

    Adoption Net Gain
(Loss)
    Opening Balance
as of July 1, 2008
(After Adoption)
 

Impact of Electing the Fair Value Option under SFAS 159:

     

Investment securities—Non agency debt—trust preferred collateralized debt

  $ 11,055      $ (3,504   $ 7,551   

Cumulative-effect adjustments (pre-tax)

  $ 11,055        (3,504   $ 7,551   

Tax impact

      1,442     

Cumulative-effect adjustment decrease to retained earnings, net of tax

          $ (2,062        

 

Impaired Loans. The fair value of impaired loans with specific write-offs or allocations of the allowance are generally based on recent real estate appraisals or other third-party valuations and analysis of cash flows. These appraisals and analyses may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and income approaches. Adjustments are routinely in the process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification for the inputs for determining fair value.

Other Real Estate Owned. Nonrecurring adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as other real estate owned (OREO) are measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. Fair values are generally based on third party appraisals of the property, resulting in a Level 3 classification. In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, an impairment loss is recognized.

Mortgage Banking Derivatives. Fair value for mortgage banking derivatives are either securities based upon prices in active markets for identical securities or based on quoted market prices of similar assets used to form a dealer quote or a pricing matrix.

 

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2011 and 2010. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement:

 

   

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

   

Significant Other

Observable Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

    Total  
    June 30, 2011  

ASSETS:

       

Securities—Trading: Collateralized Debt Obligations

  $      $      $ 5,053      $ 5,053   

Securities—Available for Sale:

       

Agency RMBS

           61,919               61,919   

Non-Agency RMBS

                  83,752        83,752   

Total—Securities—Available for Sale

  $      $ 61,919      $ 83,752      $ 145,671   

Loans Held for Sale

  $      $ 20,110      $      $ 20,110   

Other assets—Derivative Instruments

  $      $      $ 543      $ 543   
     June 30, 2010  

ASSETS:

       

Securities—Trading: Collateralized Debt Obligations

  $      $      $ 4,402      $ 4,402   

Securities—Available for Sale:

       

Agency Debt

  $      $ 60,965      $      $ 60,965   

Agency RMBS

           58,279               58,279   

Non-Agency RMBS

                  123,186        123,186   

Total—Securities—Available for Sale

  $      $ 119,244      $ 123,186      $ 242,430   

Loans Held for Sale

  $      $ 5,511      $      $ 5,511   

Other assets—Derivative Instruments

  $      $      $ 199      $ 199   

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The following table presents additional information about assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value:

 

    

Trading
Securities: Other

Debt Securities

(Non-Agency)

   

Available for Sale

Securities: RMBS

(Non-Agency)

 

Assets

   

Beginning Balance July 1, 2009

  $ 5,445      $ 125,759   

Total gains/(losses)—(realized/unrealized):

   

Included in earnings—Sale of mortgage-back securities

           12,451   

Included in earnings—Fair value loss on trading securities

    (1,039       

Included in other comprehensive income

           (612

Purchases, issuances, and settlements:

   

Purchases

             

Issuances

             

Settlements

    (4     (22,954

Other than temporary impairment

             

Transfers into Level 3

           8,542   

Ending balance June 30, 2010

  $ 4,402      $ 123,186   

Total gains/(losses)— (realized/unrealized):

   

Included in earnings—Sale of mortgage-back securities

           2,420   

Included in earnings—Fair value loss on trading securities

    651          

Included in other comprehensive income

           (4,320

Purchases, issuances, and settlements:

             

Purchases

             

Issuances

             

Settlements

           (37,511

Other than temporary impairment

           (23

Transfers into Level 3

             

Ending balance June 30, 2011

  $ 5,053      $ 83,752   

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, the Company transferred RMBS securities classified as held to maturity, with a fair value of $8,542, of which the carrying value was $1,245 and an unrealized gain at the time of transfer was $7,297, into the available-for-sale Level 3 portfolio and sold

35 of the 44 securities for a realized gain of $12,451. At June 30, 2011, the Company has three securities remaining with a fair value of $93. At June 30, 2010, the Company had nine securities remaining with a fair value of $661.

 

 

The Table below summarizes changes in unrealized gains and losses and interest income recorded in earnings for level 3 trading assets and liabilities for the periods shown:

 

    Year Ended June 30,  
    2011     2010     2009  

Interest income on investments

  $ 121      $ 125      $ 323   

Fair value adjustment

    651        (1,039     (2,055

Total

  $ 772      $ (914   $ (1,732

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The Table below summarizes assets measured for impairment on a non-recurring basis was as follows:

 

    June 30, 2011  
    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   

Significant
Unobservable Inputs

(Level 3)

    Total  

Impaired Loans:

    (Dollars in Thousands)   

Single Family

  $      $      $ 3,812      $ 3,812   

Multifamily

                  611        611   

Total

  $      $      $ 4,423      $ 4,423   

Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets:

       

Single Family

                  1,779        1,779   

Multifamily

                  5,899        5,899   

RV / Auto

                  1,926        1,926   

Total

  $      $      $ 9,604      $ 9,604   

HTM Securities-Non Agency MBS

  $      $      $ 108,354      $ 108,354   
    June 30, 2010  
    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   

Significant
Unobservable Inputs

(Level 3)

    Total  

Impaired Loans:

    (Dollars in Thousands)   

Single Family

  $      $      $ 4,601      $ 4,601   

Multifamily

                  452        452   

Total

  $      $      $ 5,053      $ 5,053   

Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets:

       

Single Family

                  1,143        1,143   

Multifamily

                  570        570   

Commercial

                  641        641   

RV / Auto

                  347        347   

Total

  $      $      $ 2,701      $ 2,701   

HTM Securities-Non Agency MBS

  $      $      $ 49,521      $ 49,521   

 

Impaired loans measured for impairment on a non-recurring basis using the fair value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans has a carrying amount of $4,423 after a write-off of $1,207 at June 30, 2011, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $1,207 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011. At June 30, 2010, such impaired loans had a carrying amount of $5,053 after a write-off of $1,318, resulting in an additional provision for loan losses of $1,157 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010.

Other real estate owned which is measured at the lower of carrying or fair value less costs to sell, had a net carrying amount of $7,678 after a valuation allowance of $530 at June 30, 2011 and an expense of $43 for 2011. At June 30,

2010, the carrying amount was $2,354 after a valuation allowance of $1,194 and an expense of $1,194.

Held to maturity securities measured for impairment on a non-recurring basis has a carrying amount of $108,354 at June 30, 2011, after a charges to income of $1,511 and charges to other comprehensive income of $4,401 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011. At June 30, 2010 held to maturity securities measured for impairment on a non-recurring basis have a carrying amount of $49,521 after charges to income of $6,038 and charges to other comprehensive income of $872 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. These held to maturity securities are valued using Level 3 inputs.

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments at year-end were as follows:

 

    June 30, 2011     June 30, 2010  
    Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
 

Financial assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9,052      $ 9,052      $ 18,205      $ 18,205   

Securities trading

    5,053        5,053        4,402        4,402   

Securities available for sale

    145,671        145,671        242,430        242,430   

Securities held to maturity

    370,626        387,286        320,807        326,867   

Stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank

    15,463        N/A        18,148        N/A   

Loans held for sale

    20,110        20,110        5,511        5,511   

Loans held for investment—net

    1,325,101        1,372,243        774,899        801,152   

Accrued interest receivable

    6,577        6,577        5,040        5,040   

Financial liabilities:

       

Time deposits and savings

    1,340,325        1,347,951        968,180        982,375   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    130,000        142,881        130,000        144,591   

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

    305,000        311,477        182,999        191,707   

Junior subordinated debentures and other borrowings

    7,655        7,655        5,155        5,155   

Accrued interest payable

    2,237        2,237        1,979        1,979   

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value for those instruments not previously described are as follows:

Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, interest bearing deposits, accrued interest receivable and payable, demand deposits, short-term debt, and variable rate loans or deposits that reprice frequently and fully. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate

loans or deposits with infrequent repricing or repricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. Fair value of loans held for sale is based on market quotes. It was not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability. The fair value of off-balance sheet items is not considered material.

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

 

3. SECURITIES

The amortized cost, carrying amount and fair value for the major categories of securities available for sale, held to maturity and trading at June 30, 2011 and 2010 were:

 

    Trading     Available for sale     Held to maturity         
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Unrealized
Gains
    Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
Amount
    Unrecognized
Gains
    Unrecognized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 
     June 30, 2011  

Mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) :

                 

U.S. agencies1

  $ —        $ 60,212      $ 1,707      $ —        $ 61,919      $ 77,941      $ 2,317      $ (196   $ 80,062   

Non-agency2

    —          74,545        9,406        (199     83,752        246,455        15,851        (2,625     259,681   

Total mortgage-backed securities

    —          134,757        11,113        (199     145,671        324,396        18,168        (2,821     339,743   

Other debt securities:

                 

U.S. agencies1

    —          —          —          —          —          9,976        —          (149     9,827   

Municipal

    —          —          —          —          —          36,254        1,517        (55     37,716   

Non-agency

    5,053        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Total other debt securities

    5,053        —          —          —          —          46,230        1,517        (204     47,543   

Total debt securities

  $ 5,053      $ 134,757      $ 11,113      $ (199   $ 145,671      $ 370,626      $ 19,685      $ (3,025   $ 387,286   
     June 30, 2010  

Mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) :

                 

U.S. agencies1

  $ —        $ 56,933      $ 1,346      $ —        $ 58,279      $ 35,317      $ 528      $ (229   $ 35,616   

Non-agency2

    —          109,659        13,527        —          123,186        285,490        16,222        (10,461     291,251   

Total mortgage-backed securities

    —          166,592        14,873        —          181,465        320,807        16,750        (10,690     326,867   

Other debt securities:

                 

U.S. agencies1

    —          60,966        2        (3     60,965        —          —          —          —     

Non-agency

    4,402        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Total other debt securities

    4,402        60,966        2        (3     60,965        —          —          —          —     

Total debt securities

  $ 4,402      $ 227,558      $ 14,875      $ (3   $ 242,430      $ 320,807      $ 16,750      $ (10,690   $ 326,867   

 

  1 

U.S. government-backed or government sponsored enterprises including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae.

  2 

Private sponsors of securities collateralized primarily by pools of 1-4 family residential first mortgages . Primarily supersenior securities secured by prime, Alt-A or pay-option ARM mortgages.

 

The Company’s non-agency RMBS available for sale portfolio with a total fair value of $83,752 at June 30, 2011 consists of 24 different issues of super senior securities with a fair value of $49,370; two senior structured whole loan securities with a fair value of $34,289 and three mezzanine z-tranche securities with a fair value of $93 collateralized by seasoned prime and Alt-A first-lien mortgages. The Company acquired its mezzanine z-tranche securities in fiscal 2009 and accounts for them by measuring the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the purchase price (accretable yield) and recognizes interest income over the remaining life of the security. In November 2009, the Company transferred all of the mezzanine z-tranche securities with $1,245 of carrying value out of the held-to-maturity portfolio and into the available for sale

portfolio in response to significant deterioration of credit performance of the residential mortgage loans underlying the securities. The Company concluded that the deterioration was significant for each security based upon 1) the rapid increase in the percent of the loan pool composed of loans 60 days or more past due, plus those in foreclosure or bankruptcy plus those repossessed and 2) the rapid decrease in percent of credit enhancement covering the total calculated in 1). All of the transferred mezzanine z-tranche securities were showing deterioration at a rate of at least 22% annually based on the statistical change since acquisition. The unrealized gain at the time of the transfer was $7,297. The Company has sold 35 of the 44 securities that were transferred, resulting in a realized gain on sale of $12,451.

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The non-agency RMBS held-to-maturity portfolio with a carrying value of $246,455 at June 30, 2011 consists of 83 different issues of super senior securities totaling $242,901 and one senior-support security with a carrying value of $3,554. Debt securities with evidence of credit quality deterioration since issuance and for which it is probable at purchase that the Company will be unable to collect all of the par value of the security are accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. Under ASC Topic 310-30, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the purchase price is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the security. The Company has one senior support security that it acquired at a significant discount that evidenced credit deterioration at acquisition and is accounted for under ASC

Topic 310. For a cost of $17,740, the Company acquired the senior support security with a contractual par value of $30,560 and accretable and non-accretable discounts that were projected to be $9,015 and $3,805, respectively. Since acquisition, repayments from the security have been received more rapidly than projected at acquisition, but expected total payments have declined, resulting in a determination that the security was other than temporarily impaired and the recognition of a $5,114 impairment loss during fiscal 2010 and $0 during fiscal 2011. At June 30, 2011, the security had a remaining contractual par value of $0 and amortizable and non-amortizable premium are currently projected to be $0 and $3,724, respectively. The current face amounts of debt securities available for sale and held to maturity that were pledged to secure borrowings at June 30, 2011 and 2010 were $420,042 and $491,000 respectively.

 

 

The securities with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position were as follows:

 

    Available for sale securities in loss position for     Held to maturity securities in loss position for  
   

Less Than 12

Months

   

More Than 12

Months

    Total    

Less Than 12

Months

   

More Than 12

Months

    Total  
   

Fair

Value

   

Gross

Unrealized
Losses

    Fair
Value
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   

Fair

Value

    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   

Fair

Value

   

Gross

Unrealized
Losses

   

Fair

Value

   

Gross

Unrealized
Losses

   

Fair

Value

   

Gross

Unrealized
Losses

 
     June 30, 2011  

RMBS:

                       

U.S. agencies

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $ 9,903      $ (196   $      $      $ 9,903      $ (196

Non-agency

    2,674        (199                   2,674        (199     18,946        (262     46,665        (2,363     65,611        (2,625

Total RMBS securites

    2,674        (199                   2,674        (199     28,849        (458     46,665        (2,363     75,514        (2,821

Other Debt:

                       

U.S. agencies

                                              9,828        (149                   9,828        (149

Municipal Debt

 

 

  

                                       5,567        (55                   5,567        (55

Total Other Debt

                                              15,395        (204                   15,395        (204

Total debt securites

  $ 2,674      $ (199   $      $      $ 2,674      $ (199   $ 44,244      $ (662   $ 46,665      $ (2,363   $ 90,909      $ (3,025
      June 30, 2010   

RMBS:

                       

U.S. agencies

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $ 20,200      $ (229   $      $      $ 20,200      $ (229

Non-agency

                                              63,867        (2,771     75,558        (7,690     139,425        (10,461

Total RMBS securites

                                              84,067        (3,000     75,558        (7,690     159,625        (10,690

Other Debt:

                       

U.S. agencies

    35,968        (3                   35,968        (3                                          

Total Other Debt

    35,968        (3                   35,968        (3                                          

Total debt securites

  $ 35,968      $ (3   $      $      $ 35,968      $ (3   $ 84,067      $ (3,000   $ 75,558      $ (7,690   $ 159,625      $ (10,690

 

There were eight securities that were in a continuous loss position at June 30, 2011 for a period of more than 12 months. There were 14 securities that were in a continuous

loss position at June 30, 2010 for a period of more than 12 months.

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes amounts of anticipated credit loss recognized in the income statement through other-than-temporary impairment charges which reduced non-interest income:

 

    At June 30,  
     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Beginning balance

  $ (7,492   $ (1,454

Additions for the amounts related to credit loss for which an other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized

    (1,324     (536

Increases to the amount related to the credit loss for which other-than-temporary was previously recognized

    (217     (5,502

Ending balance

  $ (9,033   $ (7,492

 

At June 30, 2011, 35 non-agency RMBS with a total carrying amount of $108,459 were determined to have cumulative credit losses of $9,033 of which $6,038 was recognized in earnings during fiscal 2010 and $1,541 was recognized in earnings during fiscal 2011. This year’s other-than-temporary impairment of $1,541 is related to 23 non-agency RMBS with a total carrying amount of $74,586. The Company measures its non-agency RMBS in an unrealized loss position at the end of the reporting period for other-than-temporary impairment by comparing the present value of the cash flows currently expected to be collected from the security with its amortized cost basis. If the calculated present value is lower than the amortized cost, the difference is the credit component of other-than-temporary impairment of its debt securities. The excess of present value over the fair value of the security (if any) is the noncredit component only if the Company does not intend to sell the security and will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. The credit component of the other-than-temporary-impairment is recorded as a loss in earnings and the noncredit component as a charge to other comprehensive income, net of the related income tax benefit.

To determine the cash flow expected to be collected and to calculate the present value for purposes of testing for other-than-temporary impairment, the Company utilizes the same industry-standard tool and the same cash flows as those calculated for Level 3 fair values as discussed in footnote 2. The Company computes cash flows based upon the cash flows from underlying mortgage loan pools. The Company estimates prepayments, defaults, and loss severities based on a number of macroeconomic factors, including housing price changes, unemployment rates, interest rates and borrower attributes such as credit score and loan documentation at the time of origination. The Company inputs for each security a projection of monthly default rates, loss severity rates and voluntary prepayment rates for the underlying mortgages for the remaining life of the security to determine the expected cash flows. The projections of default rates are derived by the Company from the historic default rate observed in the pool of loans collateralizing the security, increased by (or decreased by) the forecasted increase or decrease in the national unemployment rate. The projections of loss severity rates are derived by the Company from the historic loss severity rate observed in the pool of loans, increased by (or

decreased by) the forecasted increase or decrease in the national home price appreciation (HPA) index. The largest factor influencing the Company’s modeling of the monthly

default rate is unemployment. The most updated unemployment rate reported in May 2011 was 9.1%. Consensus estimates for unemployment are that the rate will continue to decline. Going forward, the Company is projecting lower monthly default rates. The Company projects severities to begin improving in early-2013.

The discount rates used to compute the present value of the expected cash flows for purposes of testing for the credit component of the other-than-temporary impairment are either the implicit rate calculated in each of the Company’s securities at acquisition or the last accounting yield. The Company calculates the implicit rate at acquisition based on the contractual terms of the security, considering scheduled payments (and minimum payments in the case of pay-option ARMs) without prepayment assumptions. Once the discount rate (or discount margin in the case of floating rate securities) is calculated as described above, the discount is used in the industry-standard model to calculate the present value of the cash flows.

The gross gains and losses realized through earnings upon the sale of available for sale securities were as follows:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Proceeds

  $ 16,523      $ 27,118      $ 90,195   

Gross realized gains

    2,420        13,037        2,816   

Gross realized loss

    —          —          (7,902

Net gain (loss) on
securities

  $ 2,420      $ 13,037      $ (5,086

At June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had recorded unrealized gains and unrealized losses in accumulated other comprehensive income as follows:

 

     2011     2010  

Available for sale debt securities—net unrealized gains

  $ 10,914      $ 14,872   

Held to maturity debt securities—other-than-temporary impairment loss

    (12,538     (8,135

Subtotal

    (1,624     6,737   

Tax expense (benefit)

    653        (2,694

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities in accumulated other comprehensive income

  $ (971   $ 4,043   
 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The expected maturity distribution of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities and the contractual maturity distribution of the Company’s other debt securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity at June 30, 2011 were:

 

    June 30, 2011  
    Available for sale     Held to maturity     Trading  
     Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
    Fair
Value
 

RMBS—U.S. agencies1:

         

Due within one year

  $ 2,911      $ 2,994      $ 3,961      $ 4,006      $ —     

Due one to five years

    11,063        11,375        13,799        13,985        —     

Due five to ten years

    12,894        13,253        13,835        14,081        —     

Due after ten years

    33,344        34,297        46,346        47,990        —     

Total RMBS—U.S. agencies

    60,212        61,919        77,941        80,062        —     

RMBS—Non-agency:

         

Due within one year

    12,509        14,015        32,609        34,964        —     

Due one to five years

    33,500        37,346        67,286        72,415        —     

Due five to ten years

    16,910        18,872        44,959        47,573        —     

Due after ten years

    11,626        13,519        101,601        104,729        —     

Total RMBS—Non-agency

    74,545        83,752        246,455        259,681        —     

Other debt:

         

Due within one year

    —          —          —          —          —     

Due one to five years

    —          —          9,976        9,828        —     

Due five to ten years

    —          —          1,309        1,297        —     

Due after ten years

    —          —          34,945        36,418        5,053   

Total other debt

    —          —          46,230        47,543        5,053   

Total

  $ 134,757      $ 145,671      $ 370,626      $ 387,286      $ 5,053   

 

1 Residential mortgage-backed security (RMBS) distributions include impact of expected prepayments and other timing factors.

 

 

4. LOANS & ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSS

Loans were as follows at June 30:

 

     2011     2010  

Mortgage loans on real estate:

   

Residential single family (one to four units)

  $ 517,637      $ 259,790   

Home equity

    36,424        22,575   

Residential multifamily (five units or more)

    647,381        370,469   

Commercial and land

    37,985        33,553   

Consumer—Recreational vehicle

    30,406        39,842   

Other

    66,582        62,875   

Total

    1,336,415        789,104   

Allowance for loan losses

    (7,419     (5,893

Unaccreted discounts and loan fees

    (3,895     (8,312

Net mortgage loans on real estate

  $ 1,325,101      $ 774,899   

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses is as follows for the fiscal year ended June 30:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Balance—beginning of period

  $ 5,893      $ 4,754      $ 2,710   

Provision for loan loss

    5,800        5,775        4,730   

Charged off

    (4,513     (4,636     (2,686

Recoveries

    239                 

Balance—end of period

  $ 7,419      $ 5,893      $ 4,754   
 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

An analysis of impaired loans is as follows for the fiscal year ended June 30:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Nonperforming loans—90+ days past due plus other non-accrual loans

  $ 8,417      $ 8,590      $ 2,840   

Troubled debt restructured loans—non-accrual

    1,195        3,113        552   

Troubled debt restructured loans—performing

    7,748        3,736        1,797   

Total impaired loans

  $ 17,360      $ 15,439      $ 5,189   

At June 30, 2011, the carrying value of impaired loans is net of write offs of $1,207 and there are specific reserves of $1,059. At June 30, 2010, $5,053 of impaired loans had no specific allowance allocations. The average carrying value of impaired loans was $13,418 and $7,261 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The interest income recognized during the periods of impairment is insignificant for those loans impaired at June 30, 2011 or 2010. Loans past due 90 days or more which were still accruing were $3,956 and $4,134 at June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. For loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing, the Company has received principal and interest from the servicer, even though the borrower is delinquent. The Company considers the servicer’s recovery of such advances in evaluating whether such loans should continue to accrue. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors that we consider in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if repayment of the loan is expected from the sale of collateral.

The Company has allocated $805 and $58 of the allowance to customers whose loans have been restructured and were determined to be TDRs as of June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company does not have any commitments to fund TDR loans at June 30, 2011.

At June 30, 2011 and 2010, approximately 59.10% and 42.65%, respectively, of the Company’s real estate loans are

collateralized with real-property collateral located in California and therefore exposed to economic conditions within this market region.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted related party loans collateralized by real property to principal officers, directors and their affiliates. There were two new related party loans granted during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 totaling $2,587, including the refinance of four existing loans for 7,374. During the fiscal year 2010, five related party loans were granted totaling $8,077, including the refinance of an existing loan for $2,972. Total principal payments on related party loans were $214 and $79 during the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Additionally, during fiscal year 2011 the Company had a change in related parties which resulted in a reduction of reported loans of $1,220. At June 30, 2011 and 2010, these loans amounted to $9,473 and $8,320, respectively, and are included in loans held for investment. Interest earned on these loans was $209 and $259 during the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Company’s loan portfolio consists of approximately 18.89% fixed interest rate loans and 81.11% adjustable interest rate loans as of June 30, 2011. The Company’s adjustable rate loans are generally based upon indices using U.S. Treasuries, London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), and 11th District cost of funds.

At June 30, 2011 and 2010, purchased loans serviced by others were $311,023 or 23.27% and $321,176 or 40.70% respectively, of the loan portfolio.

Allowance for Loan Loss. We are committed to maintaining the allowance for loan losses at a level that is considered to be commensurate with estimated probable incurred credit losses in the portfolio. Although the adequacy of the allowance is reviewed quarterly, management performs an ongoing assessment of the risks inherent in the portfolio. While the Company believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate at June 30, 2011, future additions to the allowance will be subject to continuing evaluation of estimated and known, as well as inherent, risks in the loan portfolio.

Allowance for Credit Loss Disclosures. The assessment of the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for loan losses is based upon a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including levels and trends of past due and nonaccrual loans, change in volume and mix of loans, collateral values and charge-off history.

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The Company provides general loan loss reserves for its RV and auto loans based upon the borrower credit score at the time of origination and our loss experience to date. The allowance for loan loss for the RV and auto loan portfolio at June 30, 2011 was determined by classifying each outstanding loan according to the original FICO score and providing loss rates. The Company has $27,875 of RV and auto loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: greater than or equal to 770: $6,777; 715 —769: $8,929; 700 — 714: $2,181; 660 —699: $5,332 and less than 660: $4,656.

The Company provides general loan loss reserves for mortgage loans based upon the size and class of the mortgage loan and the origination date LTV. The allowance for each class is determined by dividing the outstanding unpaid balance for each loan by the LTV and applying the applicable loss rate. At June 30, 2011, the LTV groupings for each significant mortgage class were as follows:

The Company had $511,513 of single family mortgage portfolio loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: less than or equal to 60%: $349,579; 61% —70%: $119,341; 71% —80%: $39,959; and greater than 80%: $2,634.

The Company had $644,308 of multifamily mortgage portfolio loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: less than or equal to 55%: $294,667; 56% —65%: $208,238; 66% —75%: $117,606; 76%—80%: $19,662 and greater than 80%: $4,135. During the quarter ended

March 31, 2011, the Company divided the LTV analysis into

two classes, separating the purchased loans from the loans underwritten directly by the Company. Based on historical performance, the Company concluded that multifamily loans originated by the Bank require lower estimated loss rates.

The Company had $36,237 of commercial real estate loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: less than or equal to 50%: $20,626; 51% —60%: $10,124; 61%—70%: $4,566; and 71%—80%: $921.

We believe the weighted average LTV percentage at June 30, 2011 of 53.79% for our entire real estate loan portfolio is lower and more conservative than most banks which has resulted, and is expected to continue to result in the future, in lower average mortgage loan charge-offs when compared to many other comparable banks.

 

 

The following table summarizes activity in the allowance for loan losses for the twelve months ended June 30, 2011:

 

     Single
Family
    Home
Equity
    Multi-
family
   

Commercial

Real Estate and
Land

   

Recreational

Vehicles and

Autos

    Other     Total  

Balance at July 1, 2010

  $ 1,721      $ 205      $ 1,860      $ 213      $ 1,859      $ 35      $ 5,893   

Provision for loan loss

    1,688        40        1,179        (46     2,897        42        5,800   

Charge-offs

    (1,132     (103     (936            (2,315     (27     (4,513

Recoveries

           16        223                             239   

Balance at June 30, 2011

  $ 2,277      $ 158      $ 2,326      $ 167      $ 2,441      $ 50      $ 7,419   

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The following table presents our loans evaluated individually for impairment by portfolio class at:

 

    June 30, 2011  
     Recorded
Investment  1
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allowance
 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

Single Family

     

In-house originated

  $      $      $   

Purchased

    3,818        4,876          

Multifamily

     

In-house originated

                    

Purchased

    615        754          

Home Equity

     

In-house originated

                    

Purchased

                    

Commercial

     

In-house originated

                    

Purchased

                    

RV / Auto

                    

Other

                    

With an allowance recorded:

     

Single Family

     

In-house originated

  $ 822      $ 822      $ 7   

Purchased

    3,500        3,512        267   

Multifamily

     

In-house originated

                    

Purchased

    4,281        4,308        23   

Home Equity

     

In-house originated

    216        214        2   

Purchased

                    

Commercial

     

In-house originated

    1,756        1,748        4   

Purchased

                    

RV / Auto

    2,639        2,563        756   

Other

                    

Total

  $ 17,647      $ 18,797      $ 1,059   

 

1 

The recorded investment on impaired loans also includes accrued interest receivable and unaccreted discounts and loan fees totaling $56.

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of June 30, 2011:

 

    

Single

Family

   

Home

Equity

   

Multi-

family

   

Commercial

Real Estate and
Land

   

Recreational

Vehicles

and Autos

    Other     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

             

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 274      $ 2      $ 23      $ 4      $ 756      $      $ 1,059   

Collectively evaluated for impariment

    2,003        156        2,303        163        1,685        50        6,360   

Total ending allowance balance

  $ 2,277      $ 158      $ 2,326      $ 167      $ 2,441      $ 50      $ 7,419   
             

Loans:

             

Loans individually evaluated for impairment1

  $ 8,147      $ 214      $ 4,919      $ 1,748      $ 2,563      $      $ 17,591   

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

    509,490        36,210        642,462        36,237        27,843        66,582        1,318,824   

Principal loan balance

    517,637        36,424        647,381        37,985        30,406        66,582        1,336,415   

Unaccreted discounts and loan fees

    (1,938     89        (2,488     (132     731        (157     (3,895

Accrued interest receivable

    1,351        210        2,275        186        158        574        4,754   

Total recorded investment in loans

  $ 517,050      $ 36,723      $ 647,168      $ 38,039      $ 31,295      $ 66,999      $ 1,337,274   

 

1 

Loans evaluated for impairment include TDRs that have been performing for more than six months.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

IMPAIRED LOANS AND NONPERFORMING LOANS

Nonperforming loans consisted of the following for June 30:

 

     2011     2010  

Nonaccrual loans:

   

Loans secured by real estate:

   

Single family

   

In-house originated

  $ 796      $ 35   

Purchased

    5,790        5,806   

Home equity loans

   

In-house originated

    157        87   

Purchased

             

Multifamily

   

In-house originated

           936   

Purchased

    2,744        3,739   

Commercial

   

In-house originated

             

Purchased

             

Total nonaccrual loans secured by real estate

    9,487        10,603   

RV/Auto

    125        1,084   

Other

           16   

Total nonperforming loans

  $ 9,612      $ 11,703   

Nonperforming loans to total loans

    0.72     1.48

The decrease in nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans is the result of improved credit quality of the Bank’s loan originations and through the liquidation of the Bank’s backlog of delinquent loans through REO sales or short sales. Approximately 12.44% of our non-performing loans at June 30, 2011 were considered TDRs, compared to 26.60% at June 30, 2010. Borrowers which make timely payments after TDRs are considered non-performing for at least six months.

Generally, after six months of timely payments, those TDRs are reclassified from the non-performing loan category to performing and any previously deferred interest income is recognized. Approximately 68.52% of the Bank’s non-performing loans are single family first mortgages already written down to 52.91% in aggregate, of the original appraisal value of the underlying properties. Generally these loans have experienced longer delays completing the foreclosure process due to the poor servicing practices of one of our seller servicers. We are considering legal options to acquire the servicing in an effort to accelerate the resolution of these loans and to reduce non-performing loan levels.

The following table provides the outstanding unpaid balance of loans that are performing and nonperforming by portfolio class at June 30, 2011:

 

    

Single

Family

   

Home

Equity

   

Multi-

family

   

Commercial
Real Estate and

Land

   

Recreational

Vehicles and

Autos

    Other     Total  
    (Dollars in Thousands)   

Performing

  $ 511,051      $ 36,267      $ 644,637      $ 37,985      $ 30,281      $ 66,582      $ 1,326,803   

Non performing

    6,586        157        2,744               125               9,612   

Total

  $ 517,637      $ 36,424      $ 647,381      $ 37,985      $ 30,406      $ 66,582      $ 1,336,415   

The Company divides loan balances when determining general loan loss reserves between purchases and originations as follows at June 30, 2011:

 

    Single Family     Multifamily     Commercial  
    Origination     Purchase     Total     Origination     Purchase     Total     Origination     Purchase     Total  

Performing

  $ 291,549      $ 219,502      $ 511,051      $ 349,276      $ 295,361      $ 644,637      $ 9,705      $ 28,280      $ 37,985   

Non performing

    796        5,790        6,586               2,744        2,744                        

Total

  $ 292,345      $ 225,292      $ 517,637      $ 349,276      $ 298,105      $ 647,381      $ 9,705      $ 28,280      $ 37,985   

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Approximately 12.44% and 26.60% of our non-performing loans at June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were considered TDRs. Certain TDRs are considered non-performing for at least six months. Generally, after six months of timely payments those TDRs are reclassified from the non-performing loan category to performing and any previously deferred interest income is recognized. From time to time the Company modifies loan terms temporarily for borrowers who are experiencing financial stress. These loans are performing and accruing and will generally return to the original loan terms after the modification term expires. During the temporary period of modification, the company classifies these loans as performing TDRs that consisted of the following at:

 

    June 30, 2011  
    

Single

Family

   

Home

Equity

   

Multi-

family

   

Commercial

Real Estate and
Land

   

Recreational
Vehicles and

Autos

    Other     Total  

Performing loans temporarily modified as TDR

  $ 1,330      $ 57      $ 2,175      $ 1,748      $ 2,438      $      $ 7,748   

Non performing loans

    6,586        157        2,744               125               9,612   

Total impaired loans

  $ 7,916      $ 214      $ 4,919      $ 1,748      $ 2,563      $      $ 17,360   

Interest income recognized on performing TDR’s

  $ 54      $ 4      $ 21      $      $ 196      $      $ 275   

Average balances of performing TDR’s

  $ 1,168      $ 48      $ 1,536      $ 146      $ 2,895      $      $ 5,793   

Average balances of non-performing loans

  $ 6,309      $ 111      $ 5,245      $ 733      $ 1,018      $ 2      $ 13,418   

 

     June 30, 2010  
   

Single

Family

   

Home

Equity

   

Multi-

family

    Commercial
Real Estate and
Land
    Recreational
Vehicles and
Autos
    Other     Total  

Performing loans temporarily modified as TDR

  $ 598      $      $ 296      $      $ 2,842      $      $ 3,736   

Non performing loans

    5,841        87        4,675               1,084        16        11,703   

Total impaired loans

  $ 6,439      $ 87      $ 4,971      $      $ 3,926      $ 16      $ 15,439   

Interest income recognized on performing TDR’s

  $ 42      $      $ 2      $      $ 224      $      $ 268   

Average balances of performing TDR’s

  $ 747      $      $ 25      $      $ 2,728      $      $ 3,500   

Average balances of non-performing loans

  $ 3,992      $ 74      $ 1,761      $      $ 856      $ 6      $ 6,689   

 

Interest recognized on performing loans temporarily modified as TDRs was $275 and $268 for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The average balances of performing loan TDRs and non-performing loans was $5,793 and $13,418 for the year ended June 30, 2011, and $3,500 and $6,689 for the year ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

Credit Quality Indicators. The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings.

Pass. Loans classified as pass are well protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the fair value, less cost to acquire and sell, of any underlying collateral in a timely manner.

Special Mention. Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard. Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The Company reviews and grades all single-family mortgage loans with unpaid principal balances of $500,000 or more once per year. The Company reviews and grades all multi-family loans and commercial mortgage loans with

unpaid principal balances of $750,000 or more once per year. A sample of 5% of all other loans is reviewed once per year.

 

 

The following table presents the composition of our loan portfolio by credit quality indicator as of June 30, 2011:

 

     Pass     Special
Mention
    Substandard     Doubtful     Total  

Single Family:

         

In-house originated

  $ 292,319      $      $ 25      $      $ 292,344   

Purchased

    214,924        4,459        5,910               225,293   

Home equity loans:

         

In-house originated

    14,256               157               14,413   

Purchased

    22,011                             22,011   

Multifamily:

         

In-house originated

    347,087        2,189                      349,276   

Purchased

    289,528        5,833        2,744               298,105   

Commercial real estate and land:

         

In-house originated

    7,897        1,807                      9,704   

Purchased

    26,082        2,199                      28,281   

Consumer—RV/Auto

    29,391        657        354               30,402   

Other

    66,586                             66,586   

Total

  $ 1,310,081      $ 17,144      $ 9,190      $      $ 1,336,415   

The Company considers the performance of the loan portfolio and its impact on the allowance for loan losses. The Company also evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of its loans. The following table provides the outstanding unpaid balance of loans that are past due 30 days or more by portfolio class at June 30, 2011:

 

    June 30, 2011  
     30-59 Days Past
Due
    60-89 Days Past
Due
    Greater than 90
Days Past Due
    Total  

Single Family:

       

In-house originated

  $ 216      $ 796      $      $ 1,012   

Purchased

    1,793        1,716        8,538        12,047   

Multifamily:

            

In-house originated

                           

Purchased

           289        2,744        3,033   

Home Equity:

            

In-house originated

    182        34        93        309   

Purchased

                           

Commercial:

            

In-house originated

                           

Purchased

                      

RV / Auto

    1,306        130        85        1,521   

Other

                           

Total

  $ 3,497      $ 2,965      $ 11,460      $ 17,922   

 

F-28


Table of Contents

5. FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE

A summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation for furniture, equipment and software is as follows at June 30:

 

     2011     2010  

Leasehold improvements

  $ 92      $ 33   

Furniture and fixtures

    1,250        599   

Computer hardware and equipment

    2,154        594   

Software

    1,411        532   

Total

    4,907        1,758   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (1,754     (1,137

Furniture, equipment and software — net

  $ 3,153      $ 621   

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $618, $235, and $171, respectively.

6. DEPOSITS

Deposit accounts are summarized as follows at June 30:

 

    2011     2010  
     Amount     Rate*     Amount     Rate*  

Non-interest bearing

  $ 7,369        0.00   $ 5,441        0.00

Interest bearing:

       

Demand

    76,793        0.75     63,962        0.85

Savings

    268,384        0.93     358,293        0.91

Time deposits:

       

Under $100

    337,937        2.24     200,859        3.23

$100 or more

    649,842        2.15     339,625        2.95

Total time deposits

    987,779        2.18     540,484        3.05

Total interest bearing

    1,332,956        1.85     962,739        2.11

Total deposits

  $ 1,340,325        1.84   $ 968,180        2.10

 

* Based on weighted-average stated interest rates at end of period.

The scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows as of June 30, 2011:

 

Within 12 months

  $ 568,827   

13 to 24 months

    184,029   

25 to 36 months

    66,541   

37 to 48 months

    33,500   

49 to 60 months

    37,750   

Thereafter

    97,132   

‘Total

  $ 987,779   

Time deposits acquired through broker relationships totaled $158.2 million and $109.5 million at June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

At June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had deposits from principal officers, directors and their affiliates in the amount of $333 and $544, respectively.

 

 

 

7. ADVANCES FROM THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK

At June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s fixed-rate FHLB advances had interest rates that ranged from 0.12% to 5.618% with a weighted average of 2.07% and ranged from 0.08% to 5.62% with a weighted average of 3.59%, respectively.

Fixed-rate advances from FHLB are scheduled to mature as follows at June 30:

 

    2011     2010  
     Amount     Weighted-
Average Rate
    Amount     Weighted-
Average Rate
 

Within one year

  $ 138,000        1.23   $ 52,999        3.13

After one but within two years

    24,000        3.21     33,000        4.76

After two but within three years

    43,000        2.17     24,000        3.21

After three but within four years

    25,000        3.11     18,000        3.60

After four but within five years

    35,000        2.16     25,000        3.11

After five years

    40,000        3.47     30,000        3.83
    $ 305,000        2.07   $ 182,999        3.59

 

F-29


Table of Contents

At June 30, 2011, a total of $42.0 million of FHLB advances include agreements that allow the FHLB, at its option, to put the advances back to the Company after specified dates. Under the terms of the putable advances, the Company could be required to repay all of the principal and accrued interest before the maturity date. The weighted-average remaining contractual maturity period of the $42.0 million in advances is 1.85 years and the weighted average remaining period before such advances could be put to the Company is 0.48 years.

The Company’s advances from the FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans with an aggregate unpaid balance of $681,122 and $608,820 at June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, by the Company’s investment in capital stock of the FHLB of San Francisco and by its investment in mortgage-backed securities. Generally, each advance is payable in full at its maturity date with a prepayment penalty for fixed rate advances.

The maximum amounts advanced from the FHLB were $309,000, $225,987, and $392,973 during the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. At June 30, 2011, the Company had $139.7 million available immediately and an additional $250.9 million available with additional collateral, for advances from the FHLB for terms up to ten years.

 

 

8. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

The Company has sold securities under various agreements to repurchase for total proceeds of $130,000. The repurchase agreements have fixed interest rates between 3.24% and 4.75%, weighted average rate of 4.35%, and scheduled maturities between January 2012 and December 2017. Under these agreements, the Company may be required to repay the $130,000 and repurchase its securities before the scheduled maturity if the issuer requests repayment on scheduled quarterly call dates. The weighted-average remaining contractual maturity period is 3.36 years and the weighted average remaining period before such repurchase agreements could be called is 0.26 years.

 

 

9. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AND OTHER BORROWINGS

Junior Subordinated Debentures. On December 13, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement to form an unconsolidated trust which issued $5,000 of trust preferred securities in a transaction that closed on December 16, 2004. The net proceeds from the offering were used to purchase $5,155 of junior subordinated debentures (“Debentures”) of the Company with a stated maturity date of February 23, 2035. The Debentures are the sole assets of the trust. The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon

maturity, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the Debentures in whole (but not in part) on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indenture plus any accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date. Interest accrues at the rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.4% (2.66% at June 30, 2011), with interest paid quarterly starting February 16, 2005.

The Bank has the ability to borrow short-term from the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window. At June 30, 2011 there were no amounts outstanding and the available borrowings from this source were $112,461. These borrowings are collateralized by consumer loans, and mortgage-backed securities. The Bank has additional unencumbered collateral that could be pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window to increase borrowing liquidity.

The Bank has federal funds lines of credit with two major banks totaling $20.0 million. At June 30, 2011, the Bank had an outstanding balance of $2.5 million.

 

 

10. INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes is as follows for the years ended June 30:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Current:

     

Federal

  $ 10,784      $ 14,708      $ 4,675   

State

    3,035        4,408        1,690   
    13,819        19,116        6,365   

Deferred:

     

Federal

    (32     (3,449     (1,069

State

    (194     (918     (390
    (226     (4,367     (1,459

Total

  $ 13,593      $ 14,749      $ 4,906   

The differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows for the years ended June 30:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Statutory federal tax rate

    35.00     35.00     34.00

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

     

State taxes—net of federal tax benefit

    6.19        6.60        7.10   

Cash surrender value

    (0.18     (0.17     (0.52

Non-deductible stock option expense

    —          —          0.05   

Non-taxable income

    (1.10     —          —     

Other

    (0.13     (0.32     0.09   

Effective tax rate

    39.78     41.11     40.72
 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows as June 30:

 

     2011     2010  

Deferred tax assets:

   

Allowance for loan losses and charge-offs

  $ 3,548      $ 2,761   

State taxes

    665        519   

Stock-based compensation expense

    529        674   

Unrealized net losses on securities

    650        —     

Securities impaired

    6,219        6,228   
    11,661        10,182   

Deferred tax liabilities:

   

Deferred loan fees

    (566     (127

FHLB stock dividend

    (929     (990

Other assets—prepaids

    (159     (72

Depreciation

    (288     (146

Unrealized net gains on securities

    —          (2,694
    (1,942     (4,029

Net deferred tax asset

  $ 9,719      $ 6,153   

The Company establishes a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company believes that it will have sufficient earnings to realize its deferred tax asset and has not provided an allowance.

At June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits and the Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to federal income tax and income tax of the state of California as well as various other states. The Company’s federal income tax returns for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2009, and 2010 and its California state tax returns for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 are open to audit under the statutes of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and California Franchise Tax Board.

 

 

 

11. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock. Changes in common stock issued and outstanding were as follows for the years ended June 30:

 

    2011     2010     2009  
     Issued     Outstanding     Issued     Outstanding     Issued     Outstanding  

Beginning of year:

    10,827,673        10,184,975        8,706,075        8,082,768        8,627,840        8,299,563   

Common stock issued through option exercise or exchange

    128,381        128,381        307,057        304,994        27,935        22,846   

Purchase of Treasury Stock

                                       (276,200

Common stock issued through public offering

                  1,226,276        1,226,276                 

Common stock issued through preferred stock conversion

                  531,690        531,690                 

Common stock issued through grants

    195,909        122,976        56,575        39,247        50,300        36,559   

End of year:

    11,151,963        10,436,332        10,827,673        10,184,975        8,706,075        8,082,768   

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, the Company approved a form of exchange agreement available to five directors of the Company who in 1999 were issued non-qualified stock option contracts for a total of 179,457 shares, each with an expiration date of August 13, 2009 and an exercise price of $4.19 per share. The Exchange Agreement allows these fully vested options to be exchanged for a smaller number of fully vested restricted stock shares under the conditions set forth in the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan allows each director to receive fewer restricted stock shares (net settle) and use the surrendered shares to fund income tax liabilities. On May 28, 2009, each of the five directors, entered into the Exchange Agreement and selected a future date to cancel their 1999 fully-vested stock option contracts and receive a fully-vested restricted stock grant under the 2004 Plan based upon the fair value of the option contracts cancelled.

As of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, three of the directors had made the conversion surrendering a total of 81,973 options and received a total of 27,935 shares of restricted common stock with a fair value of $179 (including $73 income tax benefit). The remaining two directors made the exchange in August 2009, surrendering 97,482 options and received 40,349 shares of restricted common stock with a fair value of $289 (including $118 income tax benefit).

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, the Company further reduced its common shares outstanding by purchasing 276,200 shares of treasury stock for $982 under the Company’s common stock buyback programs approved on June 30, 2005, which was expanded November 20, 2008 to allow for the repurchase of 500,000 additional shares.

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, the Company issued 307,057 shares of common stock as the result of option exercises or conversions, including the conversion of 97,482 options held by two directors to 40,349 restricted shares. A total of 2,063 shares issued were retained by the Company to fund the tax liabilities of certain option holders.

In April 2010, the Company completed a public offering of 1,226,276 shares of its common stock at $13.00 per share. The total shares sold in the offering include 159,949 shares purchased by the underwriter through the exercise of the over-allotment option. Net proceeds to BofI from the offering after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated transaction expenses of the offering payable by BofI were approximately $15,094.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, the Company issued 128,381 shares of common stock as the result of option exercises.

After issuing preferred stock in 2008 (described below), the Company retained the right to require all holders of the preferred to convert to common stock once the average closing price of the Company’s common stock reached $11.00 per share for any 20 trading days. After meeting the trading-price condition, the Company adopted a resolution requiring the holders of the preferred stock to convert all of their shares to common stock effective April 14, 2010 and issued 531,690 shares of common stock in exchange for cancelling the preferred stock.

Convertible Preferred Stock. On October 28, 2003, the Company commenced a private placement of Series A–6% Cumulative Nonparticipating Perpetual Preferred Stock, Convertible through January 1, 2009 (the “Series A”). The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A preferred stock were established in a certificate filed by the Company with the State of Delaware on October 27, 2003, and generally include the holder’s right to a six percent (6%) per annum cumulative dividend payable quarterly, the Company’s right to redeem some or all of the outstanding shares at par after five years and the holders’ right to convert all or part of the face value of his Series A preferred stock into the Company’s common stock at $10.50 per share, increasing in three increments to $18.00 per share after January 1, 2008. The Company’s right to redeem the Series A is perpetual and starts immediately after issuance (with a premium payable to the holder starting at 5% in the first year and declining to 1% in the fifth year). The holder’s right to convert to the Company’s common stock started immediately after purchase and expired on January 1, 2009.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, the Company issued $6,750 of Series A preferred stock, convertible through January 1, 2009, representing 675 shares at $10,000 face value, less issuance costs of $113. Before the expiration of the conversion right, holders of the Series A converted 160 shares of Series A preferred to common stock. The Company has declared and paid dividends to holders of its Series A preferred stock totaling $309 for each of the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

In June 2008 the Company commenced a private offering of up to $14 million in aggregate liquidation amount of a newly created series of its preferred stock designated “Series B – 8% Cumulative Convertible Nonparticipating Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series B preferred stock”). The Series B preferred stock has a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share over shares of common stock. In the event of liquidation, the Series B preferred stock ranks pari passu with the Series A. The Series B preferred stock is entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 8.0% per annum when and as declared by the Company’s board of directors quarterly in arrears on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year. Each share of Series B preferred stock is immediately convertible at the option of the holder into 111 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share Common Stock, which is equivalent to a conversion price of $9.00 per share of Common Stock. Under certain circumstances specified in the Certificate of Designation, the Company may require holders of Series B preferred stock to convert their shares into Common Stock. Generally, the Series B preferred stock has no voting rights and may be redeemed by the Company at a 5% premium starting in June of 2011, a 3% premium starting in June 2012 or a 2% premium any time after June 2013.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, the Company issued $3,750 of Series B preferred stock representing 3,750 shares at a $1,000 face value. The Company declared dividends to holders of its Series B preferred stock totaling $3, for the year ended June 30, 2008. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, the Company issued $1,040 Series B preferred stock representing 1,040 shares at a $1,000 face value, less issuance costs of $23. The Company declared dividends to holders of its Series B preferred stock totaling $380 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

Effective April 14, 2010 and the Company issued 531,690 shares of common stock in exchange for all 4,790 issued and outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock, with a face value of $4.79 million.

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

 

12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has two stock incentive plans, the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (“2004 Plan”) and the 1999 Stock Option Plan (“1999 Plan”), which provide for the granting of non-qualified and incentive stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights and other awards to employees, directors and consultants.

1999 Stock Option Plan. In July 1999, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the 1999 Stock Option Plan and in August 2001, the Company’s shareholders approved an amendment to the 1999 Plan such that 15% of the outstanding shares of the Company would always be available for grants under the 1999 Plan. The 1999 Plan is designed to encourage selected employees and directors to improve operations and increase profits, to accept or continue employment or association with the Company through participation in the growth in the value of the common stock. The 1999 Plan provisions require that option exercise prices be not less than fair market value per share of common stock on the option grant date for incentive and nonqualified options. The options issued under the 1999 Plan generally vest in between three and five years. Option expiration dates are established by the plan administrator but may not be later than 10 years after the date of the grant.

In November 2007, the shareholders of the Company approved the termination of the 1999 Plan. No new option awards will be made under the 1999 Plan and the outstanding awards under the 1999 Plan will continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the 1999 Plan.

Agreement with Certain Directors to Exchange Fair Value of Options for Restricted Stock. On May 21, 2009, the Company approved a form of Exchange Agreement available to five directors of the Company who in 1999 were issued non-qualified stock option contracts for a total of 179,457 shares, each with an expiration date of August 13, 2009 and an exercise price of $4.19 per share. The Exchange Agreement allows these fully vested options to be exchanged for a smaller number of fully vested restricted stock shares under the conditions set forth in the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan allows each

director to receive fewer restricted stock shares (net settle) and use the surrendered shares to fund income tax liabilities. On May 28, 2009, each of the five directors, entered into the Exchange Agreement and selected a future date to cancel their 1999 fully-vested stock option contracts and receive a fully-vested restricted stock grant under the 2004 Plan based upon the fair value of the option contracts cancelled.

As of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, three of the directors had made the conversion surrendering a total of 81,973 options and received a total of 27,935 shares of restricted common stock with a fair value of $179 (including $73 income tax benefit). The remaining two directors made the exchange in August 2009, surrendering 97,482 options and received 40,349 shares of restricted common stock with a fair value of $289 (including $118 income tax benefit).

2004 Stock Incentive Plan. In October 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors and the stockholders approved the 2004 Plan. In November 2007, the 2004 Plan was amended and approved by the Company’s stockholders. The maximum number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2004 Plan is 14.8% of the Company’s outstanding common stock measured from time to time. In addition, the number of shares of the Company’s common stock reserved for issuance will also automatically increase by an additional 1.5% on the first day of each of four fiscal years starting July 1, 2007. At June 30, 2011, there were a maximum of 2,030,200 shares available for issuance under the limits of the 2004 Plan.

Stock Options. Prior to July 1, 2005, the Company accounted for the Plans under the recognition and measurement provisions of ASC Topic 718. No stock option compensation cost was recognized in the income statements as all options granted had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the grant date.

The Company’s income before income taxes and net income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 included stock option compensation cost of $3, $48 and $209 respectively. The total income tax benefit was $1, $20 and $85 for year ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. At June 30, 2011, expense related to stock option grants has been fully recognized.

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

A summary of stock option activity under the Plans during the period July 1, 2008 to June 30, 2011 is presented below:

 

    

Number

of Shares

   

Weighted-
Average
Exercise

Price

Per Share

 

Outstanding—July 1, 2008

    906,244      $ 7.09   

Granted

         $   

Exercised

         $   

Converted

    (81,973   $ 4.19   

Cancelled

    (63,900   $ 8.06   

Outstanding—June 30, 2009

    760,371      $ 7.32   

Granted

         $   

Exercised

    (266,708   $ 6.70   

Converted

    (97,482   $ 4.19   

Cancelled

    (261   $ 7.35   

Outstanding—June 30, 2010

    395,920      $ 8.52   

Granted

         $   

Exercised

    (128,381   $ 7.18   

Converted

         $   

Cancelled

    (6   $ 7.35   

Outstanding—June 30, 20111

    267,533      $ 9.15   

Options exercisable—June 30, 2009

    743,213      $ 7.32   

Options exercisable—June 30, 2010

    394,883      $ 8.52   

Options exercisable—June 30, 2011

    267,533      $ 9.15   

1 All options outstanding are vested.

The following table summarizes information as of June 30, 2011 concerning currently outstanding and exercisable options:

 

Options Outstanding       Options Exercisable  

Exercise

Prices

    Number
Outstanding
   

Weighted- Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life (Years)

      Number
Exercisable
   

Weighted-
Average

Exercise
Price

 
$ 7.35        63,394      5.1       63,394      $ 7.35   
$ 8.50        7,500      4.4       7,500      $ 8.50   
$ 9.20        7,500      4.1       7,500      $ 9.20   
$ 9.50        84,700      4.1       84,700      $ 9.50   
$ 10.00        103,439      1.8       103,439      $ 10.00   
$ 11.00        1,000      1.0       1,000      $ 11.00   
$ 9.15        267,533      3.4         267,533      $ 9.15   

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable under the Plans at June 30, 2011 was $1,406. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised or converted during the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and

2009 was $1,068, $1,995 and $343, respectively. The converted options for 2009 were those exchanged by directors.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. In July 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the first stock award under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. On July 25, 2005, 19,300 shares were awarded to directors and employees. Additional stock awards totaling 16,100 shares were granted to directors on July 24, 2006. The stock awards vest one-third on each one-year anniversary of the grant date and 33,000 shares were vested and issued and 2,400 shares were cancelled as of June 30, 2011.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 131,253 restricted stock units to employees and directors. The chief executive officer received 83,000 restricted stock units, which vest ratably on each of the four fiscal year ends after the issue date. All other restricted stock unit awards granted during the year ended June 30, 2008, vest over three years, one-third on each anniversary of the grant date and 86,153 shares were vested and issued, 3,600 shares were cancelled and 41,500 shares were vested but not issued as of June 30, 2011.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 95,335 restricted stock units to employees and directors. The chief executive officer received 44,000 restricted stock units, which vest ratably on each of the three fiscal year ends after the issue date. All other restricted stock unit awards granted during the year ended June 30, 2009, vest over three years, one-third on each anniversary of the grant date and 75,086 shares were vested and issued, 4,265 shares were cancelled and 3,066 shares were vested but not issued as of June 30, 2011.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 151,018 restricted stock units to employees and directors. The chief executive officer received 80,000 restricted stock units, which vest ratably on each of the three fiscal year ends after the issue date. All other restricted stock unit awards granted during the year ended June 30, 2010, vest over three years, one-third on each anniversary of the grant date and 82,895 shares were vested and issued and 4,224 shares were cancelled as of June 30, 2011.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 399,582 restricted stock units to employees and directors. The chief executive officer received 240,000 restricted stock units, which vest ratably on each of the three fiscal year ends after the issue date. All other restricted stock unit awards granted during the year ended June 30, 2011, vest over three years, one-third on each anniversary of the grant date and 80,000 shares were vested and issued and 6,325 shares were cancelled as of June 30, 2011.

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The Company’s income before income taxes and net income for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 included stock award expense of $2,153, $818 and $442, respectively. The income tax benefit was $855, $356 and $180, respectively.

The Company recognizes compensation expense based upon the grant-date fair value divided by the vesting and the service period between each vesting date.

 

 

At June 30, 2011, unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested awards aggregated to $3,871 and is expected to be recognized in future periods as follows:

 

     Stock Award
Compensation
Expense
 

For the fiscal year ended June 30:

 

2012

  $ 1,415   

2013

    1,953   

2014

    503   

2015

      

Total

  $ 3,871   

The following table presents the status and changes in restricted stock grants from July 1, 2008 through June 30, 2011:

 

         

Restricted
Stock and

Restricted
Stock

Unit Shares

   

Weighted-
Average

Grant-
Date Fair
Value

 

Non-vested balance at July 1, 2008

      127,071      $ 7.13   
  Granted     95,335      $ 6.03   
  Vested     (61,502   $ 7.09   
  Cancelled     (7,800   $ 6.57   

Non-vested balance at June 30, 2009

      153,104      $ 6.49   
  Granted     151,018      $ 7.91   
  Vested     (104,974   $ 7.09   
  Cancelled          $   

Non-vested balance at June 30, 2010

      199,148      $ 7.88   
  Granted     399,582      $ 11.95   
  Vested     (197,442   $ 9.04   
  Cancelled     (11,214   $ 11.77   

Non-vested balance at June 30, 2011

        390,074      $ 11.35   

 

The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $2,724, $1,314 and $369.

2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In October 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders approved the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which is intended to qualify as an “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. An aggregate of 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock has been reserved for issuance and will be available for purchase under the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. At June 30, 2011, there have been no shares issued under the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

13. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Effective July 1, 2009, the Company implemented new guidance impacting ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share,

which clarifies that unvested stock-based compensation awards containing non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (collectively, “dividends”) are participating securities and should be included in the EPS calculation using the two-class method. The Company grants restricted stock and RSUs to certain directors and employees under its Plans, which entitle the recipients to receive non-forfeitable dividends during the vesting period on a basis equivalent to the dividends paid to holders of common stock. These unvested awards meet the FSP’s definition of participating securities. Under the two class method, all earnings (distributed and undistributed) are allocated to each class of common stock and participating securities, based on their respective rights to receive dividends. EPS data for the prior periods were revised as required by the new guidance.

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Earnings Per Common Share

     

Net income

  $ 20,579      $ 21,128      $ 7,142   

Preferred stock dividends

    (309     (611     (690

Net income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 20,270      $ 20,517      $ 6,452   

Average common shares issued and outstanding

    10,307,019        8,639,450        8,136,367   

Average unvested Restricted stock grant and RSU shares

    456,552        230,003        148,571   

Total qualifing shares

    10,763,571        8,869,453        8,284,938   

Earnings per common share

  $ 1.88      $ 2.31      $ 0.78   

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

     

Net income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 20,270      $ 20,517      $ 6,452   

Preferred stock dividends to dilutive convertible preferred

           302        380   

Dilutive net income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 20,270      $ 20,819      $ 6,832   

Average common shares issued and outstanding

    10,763,571        8,869,453        8,284,938   

Dilutive effect of Stock Options

    93,899        109,130        64,596   

Dilutive effect of convertible preferred stock

           418,069        527,457   

Total dilutive common shares issued and outstanding

    10,857,470        9,396,652        8,876,991   

Diluted earnings per common share

  $ 1.87      $ 2.22      $ 0.77   

 

Stock options of zero for fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and 481,761 shares for the fiscal year

ended 2009 were not included in determining diluted earnings per share, as they were anti-dilutive.

 

 

 

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases. The Company leases office space under an operating lease agreement scheduled to expire in October 2012. The Company pays property taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses related to this lease. Rent expense for the years ended June 30, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $693, $339, and $323, respectively.

Pursuant to the terms of this non-cancelable lease agreement in effect at June 30, 2011, future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

2012

  $ 841   

2013

    286   

2014

      

2015

      

2016

      

Total

  $ 1,127   

 

 

15. OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ACTIVITIES

Credit-Related Financial Instruments. The Company is a party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance- sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments are commitments to extend credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

At June 30, 2011 and 2010, we had commitments to originate or purchase loans and investment securities of $64.8 million and $39.6 million. At June 30, 2011, we also had commitments to sell loans of $54.3 million. At June 30, 2011, 53.3% of the commitments to originate loans are matched with commitments to sell related to conforming single family loans classified as held for sale.

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer so long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The commitments for equity lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Company, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

 

 

16. MINIMUM REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific

capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to tangible assets (as defined). As of June 30, 2011, the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. As of June 30, 2011, the most recent filing date with the OTS, the Bank was categorized as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s categorization.

 

 

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of June 30, 2011 and 2010 are presented in the following table:

 

    Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
June 30, 2011   Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  

Tier 1 Leverage (core) capital (to adjusted tangible assets)

  $ 155,327        7.99   $ 77,757        4.00   $ 97,197        5.00

Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

    155,327        12.41     N/A        N/A        75,084        6.00

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

    162,746        13.01     100,112        8.00     125,141        10.00

Tangible Capital (to tangible assets)

    155,327        7.99     29,159        1.50     N/A        N/A   
    Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
June 30, 2010  

Amount

   

Ratio

   

Amount

   

Ratio

   

Amount

   

Ratio

 

Tier 1 Leverage (core) capital (to adjusted tangible assets)

  $ 124,690        8.79   $ 56,737        4.00   $ 70,922        5.00

Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

    124,690        14.56     N/A        N/A        51,368        6.00

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

    130,583        15.25     68,491        8.00     85,614        10.00

Tangible Capital (to tangible assets)

    124,690        8.79     21,276        1.50     N/A        N/A   

 

 

17. EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Employment Agreements. On May 26, 2011, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Mr. Gregory Garrabrants as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Agreement, effective as of May 26, 2011, amends and restates that employment agreement between the Company and Mr. Garrabrants on October 22, 2007. The term of the Employment Agreement runs through June 30, 2015. Under

the Agreement, after July 1, 2011, Mr. Garrabrants will receive an annual base salary of $375,000. Contingent upon shareholder approval, the Agreement also provides for, an Annual Cash Incentive Award based upon five performance objectives set by the Company which will be individually measured at the end of each fiscal year and could aggregate to an amount between 0% and 105% of Mr. Garrabrants’ base salary and an Annual Restricted Stock Unit Award equal to 40,000 shares of

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

common stock multiplied by a factor ranging from 0 to 3 based upon the Company’s annual return on average common equity, annual asset growth and certain monthly-agreed qualitative factors established by the Company. Upon termination of the Employment Agreement by the Company “without cause” or by Mr. Garrabrants for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement), Mr. Garrabrants will be entitled to (a) an amount in cash equal to two times his base salary, (b) a pro-rated portion of his target annual cash incentive award, (c) accelerated vesting of his equity incentive awards outstanding, including restricted stock unit awards, (d) at the Company’s election, either a pro-rated portion of his annual restricted stock unit award based upon the Company’s return on equity, or an equivalent amount in cash, and (e) continuation of health benefits for up to twelve months.

On April 22, 2010, the Company and Andrew J. Micheletti, the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, entered into a material definitive agreement entitled First Amended Employment Agreement (the “Amended Agreement”). Mr. Micheletti’s original employment agreement was effective July 1, 2003, and the Amended Agreement replaces the original agreement effective July 1, 2009. The Amended Agreement adds two achievement-based awards; an annual cash bonus target of up to 30% of current salary based upon specific performance measurements and provides a return on equity benefit of 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The return on equity benefit is based upon the Company’s achievement of certain levels of return on equity as calculated at the end of each fiscal year. The annual award of common stock units under the return on equity benefit will vest over three years and each year the 15,000-share base award will be adjusted down or up by a series of multiplication factors (ranging from 0, up to 3.4 times) depending on the level of return on equity the Company achieves in each fiscal year. Both the

cash bonus and the return on equity benefits require approval by the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer annually under the Amended Agreement. These benefits replaced the deferred compensation and pre-tax net income benefits established in Mr. Micheletti’s original agreement in 2003.

401(k) Plan. The Company has a 401(k) Plan whereby substantially all of its employees may participate in the Plan. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, 2010, and 2009 expense attributable to the plan amounted to $0, $1, and $1, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plans. Effective August 1, 2003, the Company adopted the Bank of Internet USA Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans (“Deferred Compensation Plans”) which cover designated key management employees and directors who elect to participate. The Deferred Compensation Plans allow eligible employees and directors to elect to defer up to 100% of their compensation, including commissions, bonuses and director fees. Although the Deferred Compensation Plans provide that the Company may make discretionary contributions to a participant’s account, no such discretionary contributions have been made through the period ending June 30, 2011. Participant deferrals are fully vested at all times, and discretionary contributions, if any, will be subject to a vesting schedule specified by the Company. Participants in the Deferred Compensation Plans may elect to invest their accounts in either of two accounts: (1) which earns interest based upon the prime rate; or (2) which mirrors the performance of the book value of the Company’s common stock. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors administrates the Deferred Compensation Plans. At June 30, 2011 and 2010, there was $1 and $1 deferred in connection with the Deferred Compensation Plans.

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

 

18. PARENT-ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following BofI Holding, Inc. (Parent company only) financial information should be read in conjunction with the other notes to the consolidated financial statements:

 

BofI Holding, Inc.

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 
    June 30,  
     2011     2010  

ASSETS

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,443      $ 9,950   

Loans

    23        18   

Investment securities

    93        661   

Other assets

    1,537        287   

Due from subsidiary

    100        96   

Investment in subsidiary

    154,366        128,552   

TOTAL

  $ 157,562      $ 139,564   

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   

Junior subordinated debentures

  $ 5,155      $ 5,155   

Accrued interest payable

    15        16   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    4,591        4,585   

Total liabilities

    9,761        9,756   

Stockholders’ equity

    147,801        129,808   
TOTAL   $ 157,562      $ 139,564   

 

BofI Holding, Inc.

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
    Year Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Interest income

  $ 1,025      $ 656      $ 110   

Interest expense

    147        150        238   

Net interest (expense) income

    878        506        (128

Provision for loan losses

    274                 

Net interest (expense) income, after provision for loan losses

    604        506        (128

Non-interest income (loss)

    1,399        12,452        6   

Non-interest expense

    2,676        6,508        1,275   

Income (loss) before dividends from subsidiary and equity in undistributed income of subsidiary

    (673     6,450        (1,397

Dividends from subsidiary

    650        1,300        1,900   

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

    20,637        13,378        6,639   

Net income

  $ 20,614      $ 21,128      $ 7,142   

 

F-39


Table of Contents

BofI Holding, Inc.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 
    Year Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010     2009  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

     

Net income

  $ 20,614      $ 21,128      $ 7,142   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

     

Accretion of discounts on securities

    (961     (632     (101

Accretion of discounts on loans

    (33     (1       

Net gain on investment securities

    (1,423     (12,452       

Provision for loan losses

    274                 

Stock-based compensation expense

    2,153        866        651   

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

    (20,637     (13,378     (6,639

Decrease (increase) in other assets

    (973     (30     49   

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

    (909     3,967        (85

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (1,895     (532     1,017   

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

     

Purchases of held to maturity securities

           (14     (791

Proceeds from sale of available for sale securities

    1,828        13,627          

Proceeds from repayments of investment securities

    807                 

Purchase of loans, net of discount

    (532     (17       

Proceeds from principal repayments on loans

    5                 

Investment in subsidiary

    (10,000     (21,000     (1,171

Net cash used in investing activities

    (7,892     (7,404     (1,962

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

     

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock—Series B

                  1,017   

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

    922        1,790        1   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    4        15,094          

Tax effect from exercise of common stock options

    663        789        (15

Purchase treasury shares

                  (1,006

Cash dividends on convertible preferred stock

    (309     (611     (594

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    1,280        17,062        (597

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (8,507     9,126        (1,542

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year

    9,950        824        2,366   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year

  $ 1,443      $ 9,950      $ 824   

 

 

19. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Other comprehensive income components and related tax effects were as follows:

 

    Year Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Unrealized gain (loss) from securities:

     

Net unrealized gain (loss) from available for sale securities

  $ (10,307   $ 12,390      $ 8,806   

Other-than-temporary impairment on hold to maturity securities recognized in other comprehensive income

    4,401        4,241        (12,377

Reclassification of net (gain) loss from available for sale securities included in income

    (2,420     (13,037     5,086   

Unrealized gain (loss), net of reclassification adjustments, before income tax

    (8,326     3,594        1,515   

Income tax provision (benefit)

    (3,312     1,477        606   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (5,014   $ 2,117      $ 909   

 

F-40


Table of Contents

 

20. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

    Quarters Ended  
2011   June 30,     March 31,     December 31,     September 30,  

Interest and dividend income

  $ 25,334      $ 23,928      $ 22,584      $ 21,089   

Interest expense

    8,919        8,625        8,461        8,417   

Net interest income

    16,415        15,303        14,123        12,672   

Provision for loan losses

    1,450        1,150        1,600        1,600   

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    14,965        14,153        12,523        11,072   

Non-interest income

    2,020        1,924        1,927        2,122   

Non-interest expense

    7,666        7,429        6,240        5,199   

Income before income taxes

    9,319        8,648        8,210        7,995   

Income tax expense

    3,774        3,373        3,283        3,163   

Net income

  $ 5,545      $ 5,275      $ 4,927      $ 4,832   

Net income attributable to common stock

  $ 5,467      $ 5,198      $ 4,850      $ 4,755   

Basic earnings per share

  $ 0.50      $ 0.48      $ 0.45      $ 0.45   

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.50      $ 0.48      $ 0.45      $ 0.45   

 

    Quarters Ended  
2010   June 30,     March 31,     December 31,     September 30,  

Interest and dividend income

  $ 20,722      $ 21,207      $ 21,866      $ 21,777   

Interest expense

    8,253        8,598        8,890        9,212   

Net interest income

    12,469        12,609        12,976        12,565   

Provision for loan losses

    925        1,250        1,600        2,000   

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    11,544        11,359        11,376        10,565   

Non-interest income (loss)

    899        5,675        2,751        (1,009

Non-interest expense

    4,809        4,705        4,492        3,277   

Income before income taxes

    7,634        12,329        9,635        6,279   

Income tax expense

    2,937        5,154        4,087        2,571   

Net income

  $ 4,697      $ 7,175      $ 5,548      $ 3,708   

Net income attributable to common stock

  $ 4,605      $ 7,002      $ 5,375      $ 3,535   

Basic earnings per share

  $ 0.45      $ 0.82      $ 0.64      $ 0.43   

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.44      $ 0.77      $ 0.61      $ 0.41   

 

 

21. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On September 7, 2011, the Company closed an offering of 12,117 shares of our 6.0% Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock. Gross proceeds were $12,117 with net proceeds after expenses of approximately $11,477. Each share of the Preferred Stock may be converted at any time, at the option of the holder, into 61.92 shares of our common stock (which reflects an approximate initial conversion price of $16.15 per share of our common stock)

plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, subject to anti-dilution and other adjustments. The conversion rate will be subject to certain anti-dilution and other adjustments, as described herein. In addition, if the closing price of our common stock exceeds $20.50 for 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any period of 30 consecutive trading days, we may at our option cause some or all of the Preferred Stock to be automatically converted into common stock at the then prevailing conversion rate.

 

 

F-41